UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

þ	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
OR
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
	For the transition period from                    to

Commission File No. 0-25969

RADIO ONE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware		52-1166660
(State or other jurisdiction of		(I.R.S. Employer
	incorporation or organization)		Identification No.)

1010 Wayne Avenue,

14th Floor

Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

(301) 429-3200

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value

Class D Common Stock, $.001 par value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨    No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes ¨     No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  Yes ¨    No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨Accelerated filer ¨Non-accelerated filer þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  Yes ¨  No þ

The number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock is as follows:

Class	Outstanding at March 14, 2014
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value	2,402,491
Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value	2,861,843
Class C Common Stock, $.001 par value	2,928,906
Class D Common Stock, $.001 par value	39,377,580

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of the Registrant’s Class A and Class D common stock on June 30, 2013, was approximately $67.9 million. 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Form 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
	PART I
Item 1.	Business	5
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	24
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	40
Item 2.	Properties	40
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	40
Item 4.	Removed and Reserved	40
	PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	41
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	45
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	47
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk	76
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	76
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	76
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	76
Item 9B.	Other Information	77
	PART III
Item 10.	Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant	78
Item 11.	Executive  Compensation	78
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	78
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	78
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	78
	PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	79
SIGNATURES		83

 

2

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Unless otherwise noted, throughout this report, the terms “Radio One,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Radio One, Inc. together with all of its subsidiaries.

We use the term “local marketing agreement” (“LMA”) in various places in this report. An LMA is an agreement under which a Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) licensee of a radio station makes available, for a fee, air time on its station to another party.  The other party provides programming to be broadcast during the airtime and collects revenues from advertising it sells for broadcast during that programming. In addition to entering into LMAs, we will from time to time enter into management or consulting agreements that provide us with the ability, as contractually specified, to assist current owners in the management of radio station assets that we have contracted to purchase, subject to FCC approval. In such arrangements, we generally receive a contractually specified management fee or consulting fee in exchange for the services provided.

The term “station operating income” is also used throughout this report.  “Station operating income” consists of net loss or income before depreciation and amortization, corporate expenses, stock-based compensation, equity in income or loss of affiliated company, income taxes, noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries, interest expense, impairment of long-lived assets, other income or expense, gain or loss on retirement of debt, and income or loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. Station operating income is not a measure of financial performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).  Nevertheless, we believe station operating income is a useful measure of a broadcasting company’s operating performance and is a significant basis used by our management to measure the operating performance of our radio stations within the various markets because station operating income provides helpful information about our results of operations apart from expenses associated with our physical plant, income taxes, investments, debt financings, gain or loss on retirement of debt, corporate overhead, stock-based compensation, impairment of long-lived assets and income or losses from asset sales.  Station operating income is frequently used as one of the bases for comparing businesses in our industry, although our measure of station operating income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other radio broadcasting companies as it includes results from all four of our reportable segments (Radio Broadcasting, Reach Media, Internet and Cable Television). Station operating income does not purport to represent operating income or cash flow from operating activities, as those terms are defined under generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered as an alternative to those measurements as an indicator of our performance.

The term “station operating income margin” is also used throughout this report.  “Station operating income margin” consists of station operating income as a percentage of net revenue. Station operating income margin is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP. Nevertheless, we believe that station operating income margin is a useful measure of our performance because it provides helpful information about our profitability as a percentage of our net revenue. As with station operating income, station operating income margin also includes results from all four of our reportable segments (Radio Broadcasting, Reach Media, Internet and Cable Television) and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

Unless otherwise indicated:

· we obtained total radio industry revenue levels from the Radio Advertising Bureau (the “RAB”);

· we obtained audience share and ranking information from Arbitron Inc. (“Arbitron”); and

· we derived historical market statistics and market revenue share percentages from data published by Miller, Kaplan, Arase & Co., LLP (“Miller Kaplan”), a public accounting firm that specializes in serving the broadcasting industry and BIA/Kelsey (“BIA”), a media and telecommunications advisory services firm.

3

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This document, and the documents incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements do not relay historical facts, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future operations, results and events. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” including any projections of earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by our use of words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “likely,” “may,” “estimates” and similar expressions.  You can also identify a forward-looking statement in that such statements discuss matters in a way that anticipates operations, results or events that have not already occurred but rather will or may occur in future periods.  We cannot guarantee that we will achieve any forward-looking plans, intentions, results, operations or expectations.  Because these statements apply to future events, they are subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control that could cause actual results to differ materially from those forecasted or anticipated in the forward-looking statements.  These risks, uncertainties and factors include (in no particular order), but are not limited to:

· economic sluggishness and volatility, credit and equity market unpredictability, high unemployment and continued fluctuations in the U.S. and other world economies may have on our business and financial condition and the business and financial conditions of our advertisers;

· our high degree of leverage and potential inability to refinance certain portions of our debt or finance other strategic transactions given fluctuations in market conditions;

· fluctuations in the U.S. economy and the local economies of the markets in which we operate could negatively impact our ability to meet our cash needs and our ability to maintain compliance with our debt covenants;

· fluctuations in the demand for advertising across our various media given the current economic environment;

· risks associated with the implementation and execution of our business diversification strategy;

· increased competition in our markets and in the radio broadcasting and media industries;

· changes in media audience ratings and measurement technologies and methodologies;

· regulation by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) relative to maintaining our broadcasting licenses, enacting media ownership rules and enforcing of indecency rules;

· changes in our key personnel and on-air talent;

· increases in the costs of our programming, including on-air talent and content acquisitions costs;

· financial losses that may be incurred due to impairment charges against our broadcasting licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets, particularly in light of the current economic environment;

· increased competition from new media distribution platforms and technologies;

· the impact of our acquisitions, dispositions and similar transactions as well as consolidation in industries in which we operate and our advertisers operate; and

· other factors mentioned in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) including the factors discussed in detail in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” contained in this report.

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our views as of the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements because of new information, future events or otherwise.

4

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Radio One,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and/or “us”) is an urban-oriented, multi-media company that primarily targets African-American and urban consumers. Our core business is our radio broadcasting franchise that is the largest radio broadcasting operation that targets African-American and/or urban listeners. As of December 31, 2013, we owned and/or operated 54 broadcast stations located in 16 urban markets in the United States.  While our primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our strategy is to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and information content provider targeting African-American and urban consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media properties. Our other media interests include our approximately 51.9% controlling ownership interest in TV One, LLC (“TV One”), an African-American targeted cable television network; an 80.0% ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (“Reach Media”), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show and our other syndicated programming assets, including theRuss Parr Morning Show, the Yolanda Adams Morning Show, the Rickey Smiley Morning Show, Bishop T.D. Jakes’ “Empowering Moments”, and the Reverend Al Sharpton Show; and our ownership of Interactive One, LLC (“Interactive One”), an online platform serving the African-American community through social content, news, information, and entertainment, which operates a number of branded sites, including News One, UrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful and social networking websites, including BlackPlanet and MiGente.  Through our national multi-media presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and powerful delivery mechanism to the African-American and urban audience. Recently, the Company has executed a letter of intent with MGM to partner to develop a world-class casino property, MGM National Harbor, located in Prince George’s County, Maryland.This investment further diversifies our platform in the entertainment industry while still focusing on our core demographic.

Beginning November 1, 2012, our Columbus, Ohio radio station, WJKR-FM (The Jack, 98.9 FM) was made the subject of a local marketing agreement (“LMA”), and on February 15, 2013, the Company sold that station’s assets.  The remaining assets and liabilities of the Columbus station have been classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, and the results from operations of this station for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

As of June 2011, our remaining Boston radio station was made the subject of a LMA whereby we have made available, for a fee, air time on this station to another party. As of September 30, 2013, due to ongoing renegotiations in the terms of the LMA, the station’s radio broadcasting license was reclassified out of assets from discontinued operations and the results from operations of this station for all prior periods were reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations.In December 2013, we finalized the renegotiation of the terms of the LMA which now expires December 1, 2016, at which time the station will be transferred.As a result, that station’s radio broadcasting license has been classified as a long-term other asset as of December 31, 2013, and is being amortized through the anticipated transfer date. The accompanying December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet has been adjusted to correct an immaterial error in the classification of the Company’s long-term assets related to its Boston market.This correction resulted in an increase in radio broadcasting licenses of approximately $1.2 million and a decrease in other long-term assets of the same amount.

As part of our consolidated financial statements, consistent with our financial reporting structure and how the Company currently manages its businesses, we have provided selected financial information on the Company’s four reportable segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting; (ii) Reach Media; (iii) Internet; and (iv) Cable Television.

5

Our Stations and Markets

The table below provides information about our radio stations and the markets in which we owned or operated as of December 31, 2013.

	Radio One			Market Data
Market	Number of Stations(1)		Entire Audience Four Book Average Audience Share(2)	Ranking by Size  of African-American Population Persons 12+(3)	Estimated Fall 2013 Metro Population Persons 12+
	FM	AM			Total (millions)	African- American %
Atlanta	4	—	14.9	2	4.5	32.7
Washington, DC	3	2	12.9	4	4.7	26.7
Philadelphia	3	—	7.5	5	4.5	20.3
Houston(4)	3	—	15.2	6	5.3	16.9
Dallas	2	—	5.4	7	5.6	15.2
Detroit	3	1	11.2	8	3.8	22.1
Baltimore	2	2	16.2	11	2.4	28.6
Charlotte	3	—	9.7	13	2.1	22.1
St. Louis	2	—	8.1	16	2.3	18.3
Cleveland	2	2	14.2	18	1.8	19.8
Raleigh-Durham	4	—	17.5	19	1.4	22.5
Richmond(5)	4	1	6.2	20	1.0	29.9
Boston(6)	—	1	N/A	22	4.1	7.2
Columbus	2	—	9.2	27	1.6	15.5
Indianapolis	3	1	17.7	30	1.5	15.4
Cincinnati	2	1	10.1	31	1.8	12.5
Total	42	11

(1) WDNI-CD (formerly WDNI-LP), the low power television station that we operate in Indianapolis is not included in this table and constitutes the 54^th broadcast station.

(2) Audience share data are for the 12+ demographic and derived from the Arbitron Survey ending with the Fall 2013 Arbitron Survey.

(3) Population estimates are from the Arbitron Radio Market Report, Fall 2013.

(4) In addition, in Houston, we operate a digital channel KMJQ-HD2.

(5) Richmond is the only market in which we operate using the diary methodology of audience management.

(6) We retain ownership of a station in Boston; however, that station is the subject of an LMA and is not operated by us. Therefore, we do not subscribe to Arbitron for our Boston market.

The African-American Market Opportunity

We believe that urban-oriented media primarily targeting African-Americans continues as an attractive opportunity for the following reasons:

6

 

Steady African-American Population Growth.  From 2000 to 2013, the nation’s African-American population grew by 16.3 percent compared to 7.7 percent for the white population and 12.3 percent for the total population. From 2013 to 2018, the nation’s African-American population is projected to grow by 5.9 percent, which exceeds the 4.5 percent growth estimated for the total U.S. population.(Source: “The Multicultural Economy 2013,” Selig Center for Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of Georgia, August 2013.)   African-Americans are expected to make up 12.9% of total population growth during the period from 2010 through 2015 (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2008 and 2009, “Projections of the Population by Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin for the United States: 2010 to 2050.”)According to the U.S. Census, the average African-American population is nearly five years younger than the total U.S. population average. As a result, urban formats, in general, tend to skew younger than formats targeted to the general market population.  As of December 2013, the African-American population represents approximately 13% of the total U.S. population.  The African-American consumer market represents an attractive customer segment in many states.

High African-American Geographic Concentration.  An analysis of the African-American population shows a high degree of geographic concentration.  A recent study shows that while the five most populous U.S. markets are home to 21% of the overall U.S. population, 27% of the total African-American population resides in those same markets.  Expanding the analysis to the 20 most populous U.S. markets, 45% of the overall U.S. population resides within these markets, with 57% of the total African-American population residing within them. (Source: “Markets Within Markets,” Cable Advertising Bureau (“CAB”) Race, Relevance and Revenue, June 2007.)  The practical implication of these findings is that a multi-media strategy within these pockets of geographic concentration can have a proportionately much more meaningful reach towards the African-American population than towards non-African-American U.S. populations. Indeed, the markets in which we operate radio stations are home to 27% of the total African-American population. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2008 and 2009, “Projections of the Population by Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin for the United States: 2010 to 2050”.)

Higher African-American Income Growth.  The economic status of African-Americans improved at an above-average rate over the past two decades.  African-American buying power was estimated at $1.0 trillion in 2013, up from $601 billion and $951 billion in 2000 and 2010, respectively. African-American buying power is expected to increase to over $1.3 trillion by 2018. The 78 percent increase between 2000 and 2013 outstrips the 63 percent rise in white buying power and the 70 percent increase in total buying power (all races combined). In 2013, the nation’s share of total buying power that is African-American will be 8.6 percent, up from 8.2 percent in 2000 and from 7.5 percent in 1990. (Source: “The Multicultural Economy 2013,” Selig Center for Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of Georgia, August 2013.)  In addition, African-American consumers tend to have a different consumption profile than non-African-Americans.A report published by the CAB notes those products and services for which African-American households spent more or a higher proportion of their money than non-African-Americans. These products and services included housing, groceries, phone services, furniture, clothing, car insurance, and gasoline and motor oil. Such findings imply that energy utilities, telecom firms, car insurers, gas stations, grocers, clothing stores, and shoe stores would greatly benefit from marketing directly to African-American consumers.  This is particularly true in those states (including the District of Columbia) where the percentage that African-American buying power represents of total buying power in that state is the largest, such as the District of Columbia (26.3%), Maryland (23.1%), Georgia (22.1%), North Carolina (14.8%) and Virginia (13.0%).  Indeed, in 2013, the African-American markets in Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina and Virginia were $76 billion, $64 billion, $50 billion and $46 billion, respectively. The gains in African-American buying power reflect much more than just population growth and inflation. Of the many diverse supporting forces, one of the most important and enduring is the increasing number of African-Americans who are starting and expanding their own businesses. The 2007 Survey of Business Owners (released by the U.S. Census bureau in June 2011) shows that the number of African-American owned firms was 61 percent higher in 2007 than in 2002, an increase more than three times the 18 percent gain in the number of all U.S. firms over this period. Also, compared to the 1997-2002 period, the overall rate of growth in the number of African-American owned firms accelerated — as did the rate of growth in the number of all U.S. firms. Between 2002 and 2007, the receipts of African-American owned firms grew by 55 percent compared to the 34 percent increase in the receipts of all U.S. firms.(Source: “The Multicultural Economy 2013,” Selig Center for Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of Georgia, August 2013.)

Growing Influence of African-American Culture.  We believe that there continues to be an ongoing “urbanization” of many facets of American society as evidenced by the influence of African-American culture in the areas of politics, music, film, fashion, sports and urban-oriented television shows and networks. We believe that many companies from a broad range of industries have embraced this urbanization trend in their products as well as in their advertising messages.  As noted in one recent study, “Because they are much younger, African-American consumers increasingly are setting trends for teens (and young adults) of every race and ethnic background. This isn’t surprising given that 29.4% of the African-American population is under 18 years old compared to 23.3% of the white population or 24.6% of the total population.” (Source: “The Multicultural Economy 2013,” Selig Center for Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of Georgia, August 2013.) 

7

Growth in Advertising Targeting the African-American Market.  We continue to believe that large corporate advertisers are becoming more focused on reaching minority consumers in the United States. The African-American community is considered an emerging growth market within a mature domestic market. Currently 43 million strong, African-American consumers have unique behaviors from the total market. For example, they’re more aggressive consumers of media and they shop more frequently. African-Americans watch more television (37%), make more shopping trips (eight), purchase more ethnic beauty and grooming products (nine times more), read more financial magazines (28%) and spend more than twice the time at personal hosted websites than any other group.(Source:  “African Americans Consumers Are More Relevant Than Ever,” Nielsen, 2013.) We believe many large corporations are expanding their commitment to ethnic advertising. The companies that successfully market to the African-American audience have focused on building brand relationships. Advertisers are making an effort to fully understand African-American consumers, and to relate to them with messages that are relevant to their community. These advertisers are accomplishing this by visibly and consistently engaging the African-American consumer, involving themselves with the interests of the African-American consumer and increasing African-American brand loyalty.

Significant and Growing Internet Usage among African-Americans with Limited Targeted Online Content Offerings.   African-Americans outnumber all ethnic (non-white) households that reported using the Internet. (Source: U.S. Census Bureau, May 2013, “Computer and Internet Use in the United States.”)The same factors driving increases in African-American buying power, such as improvements in education, income and employment, are also increasing African-American internet usage. Further, African-Americans are heavy smartphone owners and users. The ownership rate for smartphones grew from 33% in 2011 to more than 71% in 2013 (versus 62% for the total population. (Source:  “African-Americans Consumers Are More Relevant Than Ever,” Nielsen, 2013.) African-Americans also use mobile devices for downloading and viewing video and music at 30% and 10% higher rates, respectively, than the general population. According to another national study among more than 7,000 African-American adults, the Internet represents 32% of daily media exposure for African-Americans and the average amount of time spent online is 4 hours and 21 minutes per day, a figure that is 10% higher when compared to the average amount of time spent online for all U.S. adults. (Source: “The Media Audit National Report 2010”.)

Additionally, the growth of internet penetration and high-speed internet penetration in African-American households is expected to remain above that of the general population. We believe that there is no company that dominates the African-American market online, and the lack of any such dominant presence provides us with a significant opportunity to build an online business that is highly scalable.

Business Strategy

Radio Station Portfolio Optimization.  Within our core radio business, our portfolio management strategy is to make select acquisitions of radio stations, primarily in markets where we already have a presence, and to divest stations which are no longer strategic in nature. Depending on market conditions, we may divest stations that do not have an urban format or stations located in smaller markets or markets where the African-American population is smaller, on a relative basis, than other markets in which we operate. Recently, given market conditions, changes in ratings methodologies and economic and demographic shifts, we have reprogrammed some of our stations in underperforming segments of certain markets. However, our core franchise remains targeted toward the African-American and/or urban listener and consumer. Through our portfolio management strategy, we are continually looking for opportunities to upgrade the performance of existing radio stations through reprogramming or by strengthening their signals to reach a larger number of potential listeners.

Investment in Complementary Businesses.  We continue to invest in complementary businesses in the media and entertainment industry. The primary focus of these investments will be on businesses that provide entertainment and information content to African-American and urban consumers. Most recently, on December 31, 2012, we increased our ownership interests in Reach Media which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show and, historically, has administered our syndicated programming operations. After we increased our ownership in Reach Media, we consolidated our syndicated programming line-up within Reach Media to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In April 2011, we increased our ownership interest in TV One, a cable television network targeting African-Americans, to 50.9% giving us a controlling interest in the network. Since April 2011, our ownership in TV One increased to approximately 51.9% after redemptions of certain management interests. In April 2008, we acquired Community Connect Inc. (“CCI”), an online social networking company that hosted the website BlackPlanet.  BlackPlanet has been integrated into our online operations, as part of Interactive One, which now includes the largest social networking site by members primarily targeted at African-Americans.  The consolidation of Reach Media, TV One and BlackPlanet into our operations is consistent with our operating strategy of becoming a multi-media entertainment and information content provider to African-American consumers.  We believe that our unique position as a diversified media company focused on the African-American consumer provides us with a competitive advantage in these new businesses. Recently, the Company has executed a letter of intent with MGM to partner to develop a world-class casino property, MGM National Harbor, located in Prince George’s County, Maryland. This investment further diversifies our platform in the entertainment industry while still focusing on our core demographic. 

8

Top 50 African-American Radio Markets in the United States

The table below notes the top 50 African-American radio markets in the United States. The bold text indicates markets where we own and/or operate radio stations. Population estimates are for 2013 and are based upon data provided by Arbitron.

		African-	Percentage of
		American	the Overall
		Population	Population
Rank	Market	(Persons 12+)	(Persons 12+)
		(In thousands)
1	New York, NY	2,682	16.9	%
2	Atlanta, GA	1,496	34.1
3	Chicago, IL	1,367	17.4
4	Washington, DC	1,247	26.9
5	Philadelphia, PA	932	20.6
6	Houston-Galveston, TX	891	17.4
7	Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX	853	15.7
8	Detroit, MI	839	22.3
9	Los Angeles, CA	779	7.1
10	Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL	778	20.6
11	Baltimore, MD	676	28.9
12	Memphis, TN	506	45.5
13	Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC	458	22.1
14	St. Louis, MO	440	19.1
15	San Francisco, CA	437	7.0
16	Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA	432	31.6
17	New Orleans, LA	378	31.2
18	Cleveland, OH	352	20.0
19	Raleigh-Durham, NC	313	22.3
20	Boston, MA	299	7.3
21	Richmond, VA	299	30.2
22	Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL	284	11.5
23	Greensboro-Winston-Salem-High Point, NC	271	22.0
24	Orlando, FL	268	16.5
25	Birmingham, AL	261	29.0
26	Jacksonville, FL	246	21.1
27	Columbus, OH	245	15.9
28	Milwaukee-Racine, WI	234	15.8
29	Indianapolis, IN	229	15.9
30	Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN	223	8.0
31	Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY	223	9.1
32	Cincinnati, OH	221	12.5

9

		African-	Percentage of
		American	the Overall
		Population	Population
Rank	Market	(Persons 12+)	(Persons 12+)
		(In thousands)
33	Kansas City, KS	221	13.4
34	Seattle-Tacoma, WA	212	6.0
35	Nashville, TN	211	16.2
36	Baton Rouge, LA	200	33.8
37	West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL	198	16.9
38	Jackson, MS	198	48.2
39	Middlesex-Somerset-Union, NJ	189	13.2
40	Las Vegas, NV	186	11.2
41	Columbia, SC	184	32.7
42	Hudson Valley, CA	181	12.3
43	Phoenix, AZ	179	5.5
44	Riverside-San Bernardino, CA	177	8.9
45	Pittsburgh, PA	176	8.8
46	Augusta, GA	156	34.2
47	Charleston, SC	156	26.4
48	Greenville-Spartanburg, SC	154	17.0
49	Louisville, KY	151	15.0
50	Sacramento, CA	148	7.9

Multi-Media Operating Strategy

To maximize net revenue and station operating income at our radio stations, we strive to achieve the largest audience share of African-American listeners in each market, convert these audience share ratings to advertising revenue, and control operating expenses. Complementing our core broadcast radio franchise are our syndicated radio, cable TV and online media interests. Through our national presence across our various media, we provide our customers with a multi-media advertising platform that is a unique and powerful delivery mechanism toward African-Americans and other urban consumers. We believe that as we continue to diversify into other media, the strength and effectiveness of this unique platform will become even more compelling.  The success of our strategy relies on the following:

·market research and targeted programming and marketing;

·ownership and syndication of programming content;

·clustering, programming segmentation and sales bundling;

·strategic and coordinated sales, marketing and special event efforts;

·strong management and performance-based incentives; and

·significant community involvement.

Market Research and Targeted Programming and Marketing

We use market research to tailor the programming, marketing and promotion of our radio stations and the content of our complementary media to maximize audience share. We also use our research to reinforce and refine our current programming and content, to identify unserved or underserved markets or segments within the African-American population and to determine whether to acquire new media properties or reprogram one of our existing media properties.

10

We also seek to reinforce our targeted programming and content by creating a distinct and marketable identity for each of our media properties. To achieve this objective, in addition to our significant community involvement (discussed below), we employ and promote distinct, high-profile personalities across our media properties, many of whom have strong ties to the African-American community and the local communities in which a broadcasting property is located.

Ownership and Syndication of Programming Content

To diversify our revenue base beyond the markets in which we physically operate, we seek to develop or acquire proprietary African-American targeted content. We distribute this content in a variety of ways, utilizing our own network of multi-media distribution assets or through distribution assets owned by others. If we distribute content through others, we are paid for providing this content or we receive advertising inventory which we monetize through our adverting sales. Our programming content efforts have included our investment in TV One and its related programming and the acquisition and development of our interactive brands including BlackPlanet, NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful. Our efforts also include the development and distribution of several syndicated radio shows, including the “Tom Joyner Morning Show,” the “Rickey Smiley Morning Show,” the “Yolanda Adams Morning Show,” the “Russ Parr Morning Show,” the “DL Hughley Show and Bishop T.D. Jakes’ “Empowering Moments.” Other shows include Reverend Al Sharpton, James Fortune and News One Now with Roland Martin. In addition to being broadcast on Radio One stations, our syndicated radio programming also was available on over 200 non-Radio One stations through the United States as of December 31, 2013.

Clustering, Programming Segmentation and Sales Bundling

We strive to build clusters of radio stations in our markets, with each radio station targeting different demographic segments of the African-American population. This clustering and programming segmentation strategy allows us to achieve greater penetration within the distinct segments of our overall target market. In a similar fashion, we have multiple online brands including BlackPlanet, NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful.  Each of these brands focuses upon a different segment of African-American online users.  With our radio station clusters and multiple online brands, we are able to direct advertisers to specific audiences within the urban communities in which we are located or to bundle the radio stations and brands for advertising sales purposes when advantageous.

We believe there are several potential benefits that result from operating multiple radio stations within the same market as well as operating multiple online brands. First, each additional radio station in a market and online brand provides us with a larger percentage of the prime advertising time available for sale within that market and among online users.  Second, the more stations we program and brands we operate, the greater the market share we can achieve in our target demographic groups through the use of segmented programming and content delivery. Third, we are often able to consolidate sales, promotional, technical support and business functions across stations and brands to produce substantial cost savings.  Finally, the purchase of additional radio stations in an existing market and the development of additional online brands allow us to take advantage of our market expertise and leverage our existing relationships with advertisers.

Strategic and Coordinated Sales, Marketing and Special Event Efforts

We have assembled an effective, highly trained sales staff responsible for converting our broadcast and online audience shares into revenue.  We operate with a focused, sales-oriented culture, which rewards aggressive selling efforts through a commission and bonus compensation structure. We hire and deploy large teams of sales professionals for each of our media properties or media clusters, and we provide these teams with the resources necessary to compete effectively in the markets in which we operate. We utilize various sales strategies to sell and market our properties on a stand-alone basis, in combination with other properties within a given market, and across our various media properties, where appropriate.

11

 

We have created a national platform of radio stations and syndicated programming in some of the largest African-American consumer markets. This platform has the ability to reach approximately 20 million listeners weekly, more than that of any other radio broadcaster primarily targeting African-Americans. Given the high degree of geographic concentration among the African-American population, national advertisers find advertising on our radio stations an efficient and cost-effective way to reach this target audience. Through integrated sales efforts, we bundle and sell our platform of radio stations to national advertisers, thereby enhancing our revenue generating opportunities, expanding our base of advertisers, creating greater demand for our advertising time inventory and increasing the capacity utilization of our inventory and making our sales efforts more efficient. We have also created a dedicated online sales force as part of our interactive unit. The unit’s national team focuses on helping marketers reach our online audience of approximately 10 million unique visitors per month.  Our leading advertising products, custom marketing solutions, and integrated inventory opportunities, provide our advertising customers a unique vehicle to reach online African-American consumers at scale. To allow marketers to reach our audience across all of our platforms (radio, television and online) in an efficient way, in 2008, we launched One Solution, a cross-platform/brand sales and marketing effort which allows top tier advertisers to take full advantage of our complete suite of offerings through a one-stop shop approach that has the potential to reach 82% of African-Americans in the United States.

In order to create advertising loyalty, we strive to be the recognized expert in marketing to the African-American consumer in the markets in which we operate. We believe that we have achieved this recognition by focusing on serving the African-American consumer and by creating innovative advertising campaigns and promotional tie-ins with our advertising clients and sponsoring numerous entertainment events each year. In these events, advertisers buy sponsorships, signage, booth space and/or broadcast promotions to sell a variety of goods and services to African-American consumers. As we expand our presence in our existing markets and into new markets, we may increase the number of events and the number of markets in which we host events based upon our evaluation of the financial viability and economic benefits of the events.

Strong Management and Performance-Based Incentives

We focus on hiring and retaining highly motivated and talented individuals in each functional area of our organization who can effectively help us implement our growth and operating strategies. Our management team is comprised of a diverse group of individuals who bring significant expertise to their functional areas. To enhance the quality of our management in the areas of sales and programming, general managers, sales managers and program directors have significant portions of their compensation tied to the achievement of certain performance goals. General Managers’ compensation is based partially on increasing market share and achieving station operating income benchmarks, which creates an incentive for management to focus on both sales growth and profitability. Additionally, sales managers and sales personnel have incentive packages based on sales goals, and program directors and on-air talent have incentive packages focused on maximizing ratings in specific target segments. Our One Solution sales approach seeks to drive incremental revenue and value across all of our media properties and includes performance based incentives for our sales team.

Significant Community Involvement

We believe our active involvement and significant relationships in the African-American community across each of our brands and in each of our markets provide a competitive advantage in targeting African-American audiences and significantly improve the marketability of our advertising to businesses that are targeting such communities. We believe that a media property’s image should reflect the lifestyle and viewpoints of the target demographic group it serves. Due to our fundamental understanding of the African-American community, we are well positioned to identify music and musical styles, as well as political and social trends and issues, early in their evolution. This understanding is integrated into significant aspects of our operations across all of our media properties and enables us to create enhanced awareness and name recognition in the marketplace.  In addition, we believe our approach to community involvement leads to increased effectiveness in developing and updating our programming formats and online brands and content which in turn leads to greater listenership and users of our online properties, driving higher ratings and online traffic over the long-term.

12

Our Radio Station Portfolio

The following table sets forth selected information about our portfolio of radio stations as of December 31, 2013. Market population data and revenue rank data are from BIA/Kelsey “Investing in Radio Market Report”, 2013 Fourth Edition. Audience share and audience rank data are based on Arbitron Surveys unless otherwise noted. As used in this table, “n/a” means not applicable or not available and (“t”) means tied with one or more radio stations. We do not operate the station in Boston; thus, it is not reflected on this table.

							Audience	Audience
					Audience	Audience	Share in	Rank in
	2013 Metro	Year		Target Age	Share in 12+	Rank in 12+	Target	Target
Market	Population	Acquired	Format	Demographic	Demographic	Demographic	Demographic	Demographic
Atlanta	9
WPZE-FM		2004	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	3.3	13(t)	3.3	14(t)
WHTA-FM		2002	Urban Contemporary	18-34	4.7	7	9.5	2
WAMJ-FM		1999	Urban AC	25-54	6.9	3	6.8	2
WUMJ-FM		1999	Urban AC	25-54	*	*	*	*
Washington, DC	7
WKYS-FM		1995	Urban Contemporary	18-34	4.1	7	9.9	2
WMMJ-FM		1987	Urban AC	25-54	5.2	6	5.1	6
WPRS-FM		2008	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	3.6	10	3.8	10
WOL-AM		1980	News/Talk	35-64	0.0	—	—	—
WYCB-AM		1998	Gospel	25-54	0.0	52t	0.0	53t
Philadelphia	8
WPPZ-FM		1997	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	2.5	17t	3.1	15
WPHI-FM		2000	Urban Contemporary	18-34	1.8	21t	4.0	10
WRNB-FM		2004	Urban AC	25-54	3.2	14	3.0	16
Houston	6
KMJQ-FM		2000	Urban AC	25-54	6.6	2t	6.2	3t
KBXX-FM		2000	Urban Contemporary	18-34	7.7	1	13.9	1
KROI-FM		2004	News	25-54	0.9	25	0.6	28t
Detroit	12
WGPR-FM		(3)	Urban Contemporary	18-34	3.5	14	7.1	4
WDMK-FM		1998	Urban AC	25-54	4.2	11	4.0	12t
WPZR-FM		1998	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	2.7	16	2.6	18
WCHB-AM		1998	News/Talk	35-64	0.8	24t	0.6	27t
Dallas	5
KBFB-FM		2000	Urban Contemporary	18-34	3.1	13t	4.6	6
KSOC-FM		2001	Urban AC	25-54	2.3	21	2.0	22t
Baltimore	20
WERQ-FM		1993	Urban Contemporary	18-34	8.4	1	14.3	1
WWIN-FM		1992	Urban AC	25-54	7.1	3	6.6	3
WOLB-AM		1993	News/Talk	35-64	0.5	34t	0.3	38t
WWIN-AM		1992	Gospel	35-64	0.2	46t	0.2	43t
Charlotte	23
WPZS-FM		2004	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	4.6	9t	4.2	11
WOSF-FM		(4)	Urban AC/Urban Oldies	25-54	5.1	8	4.8	8t
WQNC-FM		2004	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	**	**	**	**
St. Louis	21
WFUN-FM		1999	Urban AC	25-54	3.0	15	3.0	15
WHHL-FM		2006	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.1	11	11.1	1
Cleveland	30
WENZ-FM		1999	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.6	7t	12.9	1
WERE-AM		2000	News/Talk	35-64	0.1	35t	0.1	32t
WZAK-FM		2000	Urban AC	25-54	7.5	3	7.9	3
WJMO-AM		1999	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	1.0	22t	1.2	19t
Raleigh-Durham	41
WQOK-FM		2000	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.3	6	11.8	1
WFXK-FM		2000	Urban AC	25-54	***	***	***	***
WFXC-FM		2000	Urban AC	25-54	7.7	3t	7.6	2
WNNL-FM		2000	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	4.5	8t	4.3	9t
Richmond(1)	54
WCDX-FM		2001	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.1	8	10.1	2
WPZZ-FM		1999	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	6.2	5	6.2	5
WKJS-FM		2001	Urban AC	25-54	9.6	1	9.5	1
WKJM-FM		2001	Urban AC	25-54	****	****	****	****
WTPS-AM		2001	News/Talk	35-64	0.3	26t	0.3	25t
Columbus	36
WCKX-FM		2001	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.2	6	9.4	3
WXMG-FM		2001	Urban AC	25-54	4.0	10	3.2	13
Indianapolis(2)	39
WHHH-FM		2000	Rhythmic CHR	18-34	5.7	8	11.4	1
WTLC-FM		2000	Urban AC	25-54	5.9	6t	4.9	9
WNOU-FM		2000	Pop/CHR	18-34	4.2	11	7.5	4t
WTLC-AM		2001	Contemporary Inspirational	25-54	1.9	18	2.1	17
Cincinnati	29
WIZF-FM		2001	Urban Contemporary	18-34	5.2	5	9.7	2
WOSL-FM		2006	Urban AC	25-54	4.1	9	4.2	11
WDBZ-AM		2007	News/Talk	35-64	0.8	25t	0.4	30t

 

AC—refers to Adult Contemporary

CHR—refers to Contemporary Hit Radio

R&B—refers to Rhythm and Blues

Pop—refers to Popular Music

*	Simulcast with WAMJ-FM
**	Simulcast with WPZS-FM
***	Simulcast with WFXC-FM
****	Simulcast with WKJS-FM
(1)	Richmond is the only market in which we operate using the diary methodology of audience measurement.
(2)	WDNI-CD (formerly WDNI-LP), the low power television station that we acquired in Indianapolis in June 2000, is not included in this table.

(3)	Station was operating under an LMA as of December 31, 2013, that expires December 31, 2016.
(4)	Station was operating under an LMA as of December 31, 2013; we acquired the station on February 27, 2014.

13

Radio Advertising Revenue

For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 50.2% of our net revenue was generated from the sale of advertising in our core radio business, excluding Reach Media. Substantially all net revenue generated from our radio franchise is generated from the sale of local, national and network advertising. Local sales are made by the sales staff located in our markets. National sales are made primarily by Katz Communications, Inc. (“Katz”), a firm specializing in radio advertising sales on the national level. Katz is paid agency commissions on the advertising sold. Approximately 65.9% of our net revenue from our core radio business for the year ended December 31, 2013, was generated from the sale of local advertising and 30.4% from sales to national advertisers, including network advertising. Effective, January 1, 2013, we consolidated our syndication network programming within Reach Media to leverage that platform to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In connection with the consolidation, we shifted our syndicated programming sales to a sales force operating out of Reach Media. The balance of net revenue from our radio segment is primarily derived from tower rental income, ticket sales and revenue related to sponsored events, management fees and other revenue.

Advertising rates charged by radio stations are based primarily on:

· a radio station’s audience share within the demographic groups targeted by the advertisers;

· the number of radio stations in the market competing for the same demographic groups; and

· the supply and demand for radio advertising time.

A radio station’s listenership is measured by the Portable People Meter ^TM (the “PPM^TM”) system or diary ratings surveys, both of which estimate the number of listeners tuned to a radio station and the time they spend listening to that radio station. Ratings are used by advertisers to evaluate whether to advertise on our radio stations, and are used by us to chart audience growth, set advertising rates and adjust programming. Advertising rates are generally highest during the morning and afternoon commuting hours.

14

Strategic Diversification and Other Sources of Revenue

We have expanded our operations to include other media forms that are complementary to our core radio business.  In 2008, we acquired CCI, an online social networking company that hosted the website BlackPlanet, the largest social networking site primarily targeted at African-Americans.  CCI’s operations were consolidated within the operations of Interactive One. Interactive One also operates the online brands Giantlife, NewsOne, TheUrbanDaily, Elev8 and HelloBeautiful. Interactive One derives such revenue principally from advertising services on non-radio station branded websites, including advertising aimed at diversity recruiting, and studio services, where Interactive One provides services to other publishers. Advertising services include the sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements.  Advertising revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when “click through” purchases are made or leads are generated, or ratably over the contract period, where applicable. In addition, Interactive One derives revenue from its studio operations, which provide top-tier third-party clients with digital platforms and expertise.  In the case of the studio operations, revenue is recognized primarily based on fixed contractual monthly fees or as a share of the third party’s reported revenue.

In February 2005, we acquired 51% of the common stock of Reach Media, which operates The Tom Joyner Morning Show and related businesses. Reach Media primarily derives its revenue from the sale of advertising inventory in connection with its syndicated radio shows. Mr. Joyner is a leading nationally syndicated radio personality. As of December 31, 2013, The Tom Joyner Morning Show was broadcast on almost 100 affiliate stations across the United States and is a top-rated morning show in many of the markets in which it is broadcast. Reach Media operates www.BlackAmericaWeb.com, an African-American targeted website and also operates the Tom Joyner Family Reunion and various other special event-related activities.   In December 2009, we increased our ownership interest by acquiring the noncontrolling interest from Citadel Broadcasting Corporation. On December 31, 2012, we further increased our ownership interest in Reach Media from approximately 53.5% to 80% by purchasing additional shares from certain minority shareholders. Immediately after increasing our ownership in Reach Media, we consolidated our syndication operations within Reach Media to leverage that platform to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In connection with the consolidation, we shifted our syndicated programming sales to a sales force operating out of Reach Media.

In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, a cable television network featuring lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted primarily towards African-American viewers.

On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a financing to redeem certain investor and management membership interests in the limited liability company (the “Redemption Financing”). The Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes bearing a 10% coupon and is due in 2016.  Subsequently, on February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its outstanding membership interests from certain financial investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of interests held by management). Beginning on April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis after having executed an amendment to the TV One operating agreement with the remaining members of TV One concerning certain governance issues. Finally, on April 25, 2011, TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from an investor.  These redemptions by TV One, increased Radio One’s holding in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of April 25, 2011. Since April 2011, our ownership in TV One increased to approximately 51.9% after redemptions of certain management interests.

15

We entered into separate network services and advertising services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and operational support services and access to Radio One personalities. In consideration of providing these services, we received equity in TV One, and received an annual management fee of $500,000 for providing services under the network services agreement.  The network services agreement, originally scheduled to expire in January 2009 was extended to January 2011, at which time it expired. During 2013, we agreed with Comcast to increase the annual management fee to $1.7 million.While we are receiving the increased fee, we have yet to formally execute a new agreement. Until such time as a new network services agreement is executed, we continue to operate under the terms of the original agreement except for the increased management fee.

Under an advertising services agreement, we provided a specified amount of advertising to TV One. Prior to the consolidation date, the Company was accounting for the services provided to TV One under the advertising services agreement in accordance with ASC 505-50-30, “Equity.”  As services were provided to TV One, the Company recorded revenue based on the fair value of the most reliable unit of measurement in these transactions. The most reliable unit of measurement had been determined to be the value of underlying advertising time that was provided to TV One. This agreement was also originally scheduled to expire in January 2009 and was extended to January 2011, at which time it expired. However, we entered into a new advertising services agreement with TV One with an effective date of January 2011 that expired in January 2014.  Under the new advertising services agreement, we (i) provided advertising services to TV One on certain of our media properties and (ii) acted as media placement agent for TV One in certain instances.  In return for such services, TV One paid us for such advertising time and services and, where we acted as media placement agent, paid us a media placement fee equal to the lesser of 15% of media placement costs or a market rate, in addition to reimbursing us (or paying in advance) for all actual costs associated with the media placement services. These costs are eliminated in consolidation. We are currently evaluating the need for a new advertising services agreement.

We have launched websites that simultaneously stream radio station content for each of our radio stations, and we derive revenue from the sale of advertisements on those websites. We generally encourage our web advertisers to run simultaneous radio campaigns and use mentions in our radio airtime to promote our websites. By providing streaming, we have been able to broaden our listener reach, particularly to “office hour” listeners. We believe streaming has had a positive impact on our radio stations’ reach to listeners.  In addition, our station websites link to our other online properties operated by Interactive One acting as traffic sources for these online brands.

Future opportunities could include investments in, or acquisitions of, companies in diverse media businesses, gaming and entertainment, music production and distribution, movie distribution, internet-based services, and distribution of our content through emerging distribution systems such as the Internet, smartphones, cellular phones, tablets and the home entertainment market.

Competition

The media industry is highly competitive and we face intense competition across core radio franchise and all of our complementary media properties, including our interactive unit. Our media properties compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other radio stations and with other media such as broadcast and cable television, the Internet, satellite radio, newspapers, magazines, direct mail and outdoor advertising, some of which may be controlled by horizontally-integrated companies. Audience ratings and advertising revenue are subject to change and any adverse change in a market could adversely affect our net revenue in that market. If a competing station converts to a format similar to that of one of our stations, or if one of our competitors strengthens its signal or operations, our stations could suffer a reduction in ratings and advertising revenue. Other media companies which are larger and have more resources may also enter or increase their presence in markets or segments in which we operate. Although we believe our media properties are well positioned to compete, we cannot assure that our properties will maintain or increase their current ratings, market share or advertising revenue.

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards and the emergence of new media technologies, which may impact our business. We cannot assure that we will have the resources to acquire new technologies or to introduce new services that could compete with these new technologies. Several new media technologies are being, or have been, developed including the following:

· satellite delivered digital audio radio service with expansive choice, high sound quality and availability on portable devices and in automobiles;

· audio programming by internet companies, cable television systems and direct broadcast satellite systems; and

· digital audio and video content available for listening and/or viewing on the Internet and/or available for downloading to portable devices.

16

Along with most other public radio companies, we have invested in iBiquity, a developer of digital audio broadcast technology. In connection with the investment we committed to convert most of our analog broadcast radio stations to in-band, on-channel digital radio broadcasts, which could provide multi-channel, multi-format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services. However, we cannot assure that these arrangements will be successful or enable us to adapt effectively to these new media technologies.

Our interactive unit competes for the time and attention of internet users and, thus, advertisers and advertising revenues with a wide range of internet companies such as Yahoo!^TM, Google^TM and Microsoft^TM, social networking sites such as Facebook^TM and traditional media companies, which are increasingly offering their own internet products and services. The Internet is dynamic and rapidly evolving, and new and popular competitors, such as social networking sites, frequently emerge and/or are fragmented by new and evolving technologies.

Antitrust Regulation

The agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice (“DOJ”), may investigate acquisitions. The DOJ has challenged a number of media property transactions. Some of those challenges ultimately resulted in consent decrees requiring, among other things, divestitures of certain media properties. We cannot predict the outcome of any specific DOJ or FTC review of a particular acquisition.

For acquisitions meeting certain size thresholds, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act requires the parties to file Notification and Report Forms concerning antitrust issues with the DOJ and the FTC and to observe specified waiting period requirements before completing the acquisition. If the investigating agency raises substantive issues in connection with a proposed transaction, the parties involved frequently engage in lengthy discussions and/or negotiations with the investigating agency to address those issues, including restructuring the proposed acquisition or divesting assets. In addition, the investigating agency could file suit in federal court to enjoin the acquisition or to require the divestiture of assets, among other remedies. All acquisitions, regardless of whether they are required to be reported under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act, may be investigated by the DOJ or the FTC under the antitrust laws before or after completion. In addition, private parties may under certain circumstances bring legal action to challenge an acquisition under the antitrust laws. The DOJ has stated publicly that it believes that local marketing agreements, joint sales agreements, time brokerage agreements and other similar agreements customarily entered into in connection with radio station transfers could violate the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act if such agreements take effect prior to the expiration of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.

Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting

The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and other federal agencies of ownership, programming, technical operations, employment and other business practices. The FCC regulates radio broadcast stations pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Communications Act permits the operation of radio broadcast stations only in accordance with a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that the grant of a license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. Among other things, the FCC:

· assigns frequency bands for radio broadcasting;

· determines the particular frequencies, locations, operating power, interference standards and other technical parameters of radio broadcast stations;

· issues, renews, revokes and modifies radio broadcast station licenses;

· imposes annual regulatory fees and application processing fees to recover its administrative costs;

· establishes technical requirements for certain transmitting equipment to restrict harmful emissions;

· adopts and implements regulations and policies that affect the ownership, operation, program content and employment and business practices of radio broadcast stations; and

· has the power to impose penalties, including monetary forfeitures, for violations of its rules and the Communications Act.

17

 

The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of an FCC license, or transfer of control of an FCC licensee, without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant or renew a radio broadcast license or consent to assignment or transfer of a license, the FCC considers a number of factors, including restrictions on foreign ownership, compliance with FCC media ownership limits and other FCC rules, the character and other qualifications of the licensee (or proposed licensee) and compliance with the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. A licensee’s failure to comply with the requirements of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies may result in the imposition of sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the grant of a license renewal for less than a full eight-year term or with conditions, denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of an FCC license and/or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties.

Congress, the FCC and, in some cases, local jurisdictions, are considering and may in the future adopt new laws, regulations and policies that could affect the operation, ownership and profitability of our radio stations, result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenue for our radio broadcast stations or affect our ability to acquire additional radio broadcast stations or finance such acquisitions. Such matters include or may include:

· changes to the license authorization and renewal process;

· proposals to increase record keeping, including enhanced disclosure of stations’ efforts to serve the public interest;

· proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees;

· changes to rules relating to political broadcasting, including proposals to grant free air time to candidates, and other changes regarding political and non-political program content, political advertising rates, and sponsorship disclosures;

· proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine and other alcoholic beverages;

· revised rules and policies regarding the regulation of the broadcast of indecent or violent content;

· proposals to increase the actions stations must take to demonstrate service to their local communities;

· technical and frequency allocation matters, including increased protection of low power FM stations from interference by full-service stations;

· changes in broadcast multiple ownership, foreign ownership, cross-ownership and ownership attribution policies;

· changes to allow satellite radio operators to insert local content into their programming service;

· service and technical rules for digital radio, including possible additional public interest requirements for terrestrial digital audio broadcasters;

· legislation that would provide for the payment of sound recording royalties to artists, musicians or record companies whose music is played on terrestrial radio stations;

· changes to allow telephone companies to deliver audio and video programming to homes in their service areas; and

· proposals to alter provisions of the tax laws affecting broadcast operations and acquisitions.

18

 

The FCC also has adopted procedures for the auction of broadcast spectrum in circumstances where two or more parties have filed mutually exclusive applications for authority to construct new stations or certain major changes in existing stations. Such procedures may limit our efforts to modify or expand the broadcast signals of our stations.

We cannot predict what changes, if any, might be adopted or considered in the future, or what impact, if any, the implementation of any particular proposals or changes might have on our business.

FCC License Grants and Renewals.  In making licensing determinations, the FCC considers an applicant’s legal, technical, financial and other qualifications. The FCC grants radio broadcast station licenses for specific periods of time and, upon application, may renew them for additional terms. A station may continue to operate beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed license renewal application is pending. Under the Communications Act, radio broadcast station licenses may be granted for a maximum term of eight years.

Generally, the FCC renews radio broadcast licenses without a hearing upon a finding that:

· the radio station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;

· there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations; and

· there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken together, indicate a pattern of abuse.

After considering these factors and any petitions to deny a license renewal application (which may lead to a hearing), the FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than the maximum otherwise permitted. Historically, our licenses have been renewed for full terms without any conditions or sanctions imposed; however, there can be no assurance that the licenses of each of our stations will be renewed for a full term without conditions or sanctions.

 Types of FCC Broadcast Licenses.  The FCC classifies each AM and FM radio station. An AM radio station operates on either a clear channel, regional channel or local channel. A clear channel serves wide areas, particularly at night. A regional channel serves primarily a principal population center and the contiguous rural areas. A local channel serves primarily a community and the suburban and rural areas immediately contiguous to it. Class A, B and C radio stations each operate unlimited time. Class A radio stations render primary and secondary service over an extended area. Class B radio stations render service only over a primary service area. Class C radio stations render service only over a primary service area that may be reduced as a consequence of interference. Class D radio stations operate either daytime hours only, during limited times only, or unlimited time with low nighttime power.

FM class designations depend upon the geographic zone in which the transmitter of the FM radio station is located. The minimum and maximum facilities requirements for an FM radio station are determined by its class. In general, commercial FM radio stations are classified as follows, in order of increasing power and antenna height: Class A, B1, C3, B, C2, C1, C0 and C. The FCC has adopted a rule subjecting Class C FM stations that do not satisfy a certain antenna height requirement to an involuntary downgrade in class to Class C0 under certain circumstances.

19

Radio One’s Licenses. The following table sets forth information with respect to each of our radio stations for which we own the license. Stations which we do not own as of December 31, 2013, but operate under an LMA, are not reflected on this table. A broadcast station’s market may be different from its community of license. The coverage of an AM radio station is chiefly a function of the power of the radio station’s transmitter, less dissipative power losses and any directional antenna adjustments. For FM radio stations, signal coverage area is chiefly a function of the ERP of the radio station’s antenna and the HAAT of the radio station’s antenna. “ERP” refers to the effective radiated power of an FM radio station. “HAAT” refers to the antenna height above average terrain of an FM radio station.

					Antenna
				ERP (FM)	Height
				Power	(AM)		Expiration
		Year of	FCC	(AM) in	HAAT in	Operating	Date of FCC
Market	Station Call Letters	Acquisition	Class	Kilowatts	Meters	Frequency	License
Atlanta	WUMJ-FM	1999	C3	8.5	165.0	97.5 MHz	4/1/2020
	WAMJ-FM	1999	C2	33.0	185.0	107.5 MHz	4/1/2020
	WHTA-FM	2002	C2	35.0	177.0	107.9 MHz	4/1/2012	(9)
	WPZE-FM	1999	A	3.0	143.0	102.5 MHz	4/1/2020
Washington, DC	WOL-AM	1980	C	0.37	N/A	1450 kHz	10/1/2019
	WMMJ-FM	1987	A	2.9	146.0	102.3 MHz	10/1/2019
	WKYS-FM	1995	B	24.5	215.0	93.9 MHz	10/1/2011	(9)
	WPRS-FM	2008	B	20.0	244.0	104.1 MHz	10/1/2019
	WYCB-AM	1998	C	1.0	N/A	1340 kHz	10/1/2019
Philadelphia	WPPZ-FM(1)	1997	A	0.27	338.0	103.9 MHz	8/1/2014
	WRNB-FM(2)	2000	B	17.0	263.0	100.3 MHz	8/1/2014
	WPHI-FM(3)	2004	A	0.78	276.0	107.9 MHz	6/1/2014
Houston	KMJQ-FM	2000	C	100.0	524.0	102.1 MHz	8/1/2021
	KBXX-FM	2000	C	100.0	585.0	97.9 MHz	8/1/2013	(9)
	KROI-FM	2004	C1	21.36	526	92.1 MHz	8/1/2021
Detroit	WDMK-FM	1998	B	20.0	221.0	105.9 MHz	10/1/2012	(9)
	WCHB-AM	1998	B	50.0	N/A	1200 kHz	10/1/2020
	WPZR-FM(4)	1998	B	50.0	152.0	102.7 MHz	10/1/2012	(9)
Dallas	KBFB-FM	2000	C	99.0	574	97.9 MHz	8/1/2013	(9)
	KSOC-FM	2001	C	100.0	591.0	94.5 MHz	8/1/2021

Baltimore	WWIN-AM	1992	C	0.5	N/A	1400 kHz	10/1/2019
	WWIN-FM	1992	A	3.0	91.0	95.9 MHz	10/1/2019
	WOLB-AM	1993	D	0.25	N/A	1010 kHz	10/1/2011	(9)
	WERQ-FM	1993	B	37.0	174.0	92.3 MHz	10/1/2011	(9)
Charlotte	WPZS-FM(5)	2000	C3	10.5	154.0	92.7 MHz	12/1/2019
	WQNC-FM(6)	2004	A	5.2	107.0	100.9 MHz	12/1/2019
St. Louis	WFUN-FM	1999	C3	24.5	102.0	95.5 MHz	12/1/2012	(9)
	WHHL-FM	2006	C2	50.0	140.0	104.1 MHz	2/1/2013	(9)
Cleveland	WJMO-AM	1999	B	5.0	N/A	1300 kHz	10/1/2012	(9)
	WENZ-FM	1999	B	15.0	272.0	107.9 MHz	10/1/2020
	WZAK-FM	2000	B	27.5	189.0	93.1 MHz	10/1/2012	(9)
	WERE-AM	2000	C	1.0	N/A	1490 kHz	10/1/2020
Raleigh-Durham	WQOK-FM	2000	C2	50.0	146.0	97.5 MHz	12/1/2011	(9)
	WFXK-FM	2000	C1	100.0	299.0	104.3 MHz	12/1/2019
	WFXC-FM	2000	C3	8.0	146.0	107.1 MHz	12/1/2011	(9)
	WNNL-FM	2000	C3	7.9	176.0	103.9 MHz	12/1/2019
Richmond	WPZZ-FM	1999	C1	100.0	299.0	104.7 MHz	10/1/2019
	WCDX-FM	2001	B1	4.5	235.0	92.1 MHz	10/1/2019
	WKJM-FM	2001	A	6.0	100.0	99.3 MHz	10/1/2019
	WKJS-FM	2001	A	2.3	162.0	105.7 MHz	10/1/2019
	WTPS-AM	2001	C	1.0	N/A	1240 kHz	10/1/2019

Boston	WILD-AM	2001	D	4.8	N/A	1090 kHz	4/1/2022
Columbus	WCKX-FM	2001	A	1.9	126.0	107.5 MHz	10/1/2012	(9)
	WXMG-FM(7)	2001	A	6.0	100.0	106.3 MHz	10/1/2020
Indianapolis	WHHH-FM	2000	A	3.3	87.0	96.3 MHz	8/1/2020
	WTLC-FM	2000	A	6.0	99.0	106.7 MHz	8/1/2020
	WNOU-FM	2000	A	6.0	100.0	100.9 MHz	8/1/2012	(9)
	WTLC-AM	2001	B	5.0	N/A	1310 kHz	8/1/2020
Cincinnati	WIZF-FM	2001	A	2.5	155.0	101.1 MHz	8/1/2020
	WDBZ-AM	2007	C	1.0	N/A	1230 kHz	10/1/2020
	WOSL-FM(8)	2006	A	3.1	141.0	100.3 MHz	10/1/2020

 

(1) WPPZ-FM operates with facilities equivalent to 3kW at 100 meters.

(2) WRNB-FM effective September 1, 2011 (formerly WPHI-FM).

(3) WPHI-FM effective September 1, 2011 (formerly WRNB-FM).

(4) WPZR-FM effective October 31, 2011 (formerly WHTD-FM).

(5) WPZS-FM effective September 13, 2012 (formerly WQNC-FM).

(6) WQNC-FM effective September 13, 2012 (formerly WPZS-FM).

(7) WXMG-FM effective September 23, 2011 (formerly WJYD-FM).

(8) WOSL-FM effective November 14, 2012 (formerly WMOJ-FM).

(9) A number of our applications to renew the licenses of our stations remain pending before the FCC.  In most cases, this is due to “enforcement holds” imposed upon the applications by the FCC’s Enforcement Bureau due to pending, but as yet unaddressed, complaints by listeners about material allegedly aired on the affected stations.  Most of these complaints relate to the alleged broadcast of indecent matter.  The FCC has a backlog of thousands of such pending complaints, and the license renewal applications of a substantial number of broadcast stations nationwide are subject to “enforcement holds.”  Under the Communications Act, the authority of all of our stations with pending license renewal applications to operate is automatically extended while the renewal application remains pending.

20

 

To obtain the FCC’s prior consent to assign or transfer control of a broadcast license, an appropriate application must be filed with the FCC. If the assignment or transfer involves a substantial change in ownership or control of the licensee, for example, the transfer or acquisition of more than 50% of the voting stock, the applicant must give public notice and the application is subject to a 30-day period for public comment. During this time, interested parties may file petitions with the FCC to deny the application. Informal objections may be filed at any time until the FCC acts upon the application. If the FCC grants an assignment or transfer application, administrative procedures provide for petitions seeking reconsideration or full FCC review of the grant.  The Communications Act also permits the appeal of a contested grant to a federal court in certain instances.

Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be granted to or held by any persons who are not U.S. citizens or by any corporation that has more than 20% of its capital stock owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. The Communications Act prohibits indirect foreign ownership or control through a parent company of the licensee of more than 25% if the FCC determines the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license.  The FCC has interpreted this provision of the Communications Act to require an affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be granted to or held by any such entity, and the FCC has made such an affirmative finding only in limited circumstances. Since we serve as a holding company for subsidiaries that serve as licensees for our stations, we have been effectively restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments or foreign business entities. In November 2013, the FCC clarified that it would entertain and authorize, on a case-by-case basis and upon a sufficient public interest showing, proposals to exceed the 25% indirect foreign ownership limit in broadcast licensees.

The FCC generally applies its media ownership limits to “attributable” interests. The interests of officers, directors and those who directly or indirectly hold five percent or more of the total outstanding voting stock of a corporation that holds a broadcast license (or a corporate parent) are generally deemed attributable interests, as are any limited partnership or limited liability company interests that are not properly “insulated” from management activities. Certain passive investors that hold stock for investment purposes only may hold attributable interests with the ownership of 20% or more of the voting stock of a licensee or parent corporation. An entity with one or more radio stations in a market that enters into a local marketing agreement or a time brokerage agreement with another radio station in the same market obtains an attributable interest in the brokered radio station, if the brokering station supplies more than 15% of the brokered radio station’s weekly broadcast hours. Similarly, a radio station licensee’s right under a joint sales agreement (“JSA”) to sell more than 15% per week of the advertising time on another radio station in the same market constitutes an attributable ownership interest in such station for purposes of the FCC’s ownership rules. Debt instruments, non-voting stock, unexercised options and warrants, minority voting interests in corporations having a single majority shareholder and limited partnership or limited liability company membership interests where the interest holder is not “materially involved” in the media-related activities of the partnership or limited liability company pursuant to FCC-prescribed “insulation” provisions generally do not subject their holders to attribution unless such interests implicate the FCC’s equity-debt-plus (or “EDP”) rule. Under the EDP rule, a major programming supplier or a same-market media entity will have an attributable interest in a station if the supplier or same-market media entity also holds debt or equity, or both, in the station that is greater than 33% of the value of the station’s total debt plus equity.  For purposes of the EDP rule, equity includes all stock, whether voting or nonvoting, and interests held by limited partners or limited liability company members that are “insulated” from material involvement in the company’s media activities. A major programming supplier is any supplier that provides more than 15% of the station’s weekly programming hours.

The Communications Act and FCC rules generally restrict ownership, operation or control of, or the common holding of attributable interests in:

· radio broadcast stations above certain numerical limits serving the same local market;

· radio broadcast stations combined with television broadcast stations above certain numerical limits serving the same local market (radio/television cross ownership); and

· a radio broadcast station and an English-language daily newspaper serving the same local market (newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership).

The media ownership rules are subject to periodic review by the FCC. In 2003, the FCC, among other actions, adopted new rules to change the way a local radio market is defined and to make JSAs involving more than 15% of a same-market radio station’s weekly advertising time “attributable” under the ownership limits. The FCC grandfathered existing combinations of radio stations that would not comply with the modified rules.  However, the FCC ruled that such noncompliant combinations could not be sold intact except to certain “eligible entities,” which the agency defined as entities qualifying as a small business consistent with Small Business Administration standards.  The 2003 rules were challenged in court and the Third Circuit stayed their implementation, among other things, on the basis that the FCC did not adequately justify its radio ownership limits. Subsequently, the Third Circuit partially lifted its stay to allow the new local market definition, JSA attribution and grandfathering rules to go into effect. The FCC currently is applying such revisions (except for the “eligible entity” exception to the prohibition on the sale of noncompliant grandfathered combinations) to pending and new applications.

21

The numerical limits on radio stations that one entity may own in a local market are as follows:

· in a radio market with 45 or more commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to eight commercial radio stations, not more than five of which are in the same service (AM or FM);

· in a radio market with 30 to 44 commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to seven commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM);

· in a radio market with 15 to 29 commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to six commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM); and

· in a radio market with 14 or fewer commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to five commercial radio stations, not more than three of which are in the same service (AM or FM), except that a party may not own, operate, or control more than 50% of the radio stations in such market.

To apply these tiers, the FCC currently relies on Arbitron Metro Survey Areas, where they exist. In other areas, the FCC relies on a contour-overlap methodology. The FCC is undertaking a rulemaking to determine how to define local radio markets in areas located outside Arbitron Metro Survey Areas. The market definition used by the FCC in applying its ownership rules may not be the same as that used for purposes of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.

In its 2003 media ownership decision, the FCC adopted new cross-media limits to replace the newspaper-broadcast and radio-television cross-ownership rules.  These provisions were stayed by the Third Circuit and remanded by the court for further FCC consideration. In 2006, the FCC began its next periodic review, which addressed issues on remand from the Third Circuit.  That review culminated in a 2007 decision in which the FCC revised the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule to allow a degree of same-market newspaper/broadcast ownership based on certain presumptions, criteria and limitations, but made no changes to the currently effective local radio ownership rules (as modified in 2003) or the radio/television cross-ownership rule (as modified in 1999). In July 2011, ruling on various appeals of the FCC’s 2007 decision, the Third Circuit vacated the FCC’s revisions to the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule, vacated the FCC’s definition of “eligible entity” in connection with various rules designed to increase diversity of broadcast ownership, and otherwise upheld the FCC’s decision to retain the current radio ownership and radio-television cross-ownership rules. The U.S. Supreme Court declined to review the Third Circuit’s decision.

The FCC began its next, most recent, review of its media ownership rules in 2010. In December 2011, the FCC issued a notice seeking comment on proposed changes to the rules stemming from that review. The FCC proposes once again to permit newspaper-broadcast cross-ownership in certain circumstances, and additionally proposes to eliminate the radio-television cross-ownership rule, but proposes no significant changes to the existing rules governing local radio ownership.

The attribution and media ownership rules limit the number of radio stations we may acquire or own in any particular market and may limit the prospective buyers of any stations we want to sell. The FCC’s rules could affect our business in a number of ways, including, but not limited to, the following:

· enforcement of a more narrow market definition based upon Arbitron markets could have an adverse effect on our ability to accumulate stations in a given area or to sell a group of stations in a local market to a single entity;

· restricting the assignment and transfer of control of radio combinations that exceed the new ownership limits as a result of the revised local market definitions could adversely affect our ability to buy or sell a group of stations in a local market from or to a single entity; and

· in general terms, future changes in the way the FCC defines radio markets or in the numerical station caps could limit our ability to acquire new stations in certain markets, our ability to operate stations pursuant to certain agreements, and our ability to improve the coverage contours of our existing stations.

22

Programming and Operations.  The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the “public interest” by presenting programming that responds to community problems, needs and interests and by maintaining records demonstrating its responsiveness. The FCC considers complaints from viewers or listeners about a broadcast station’s programming, and the station is required to maintain letters and emails it receives from the public regarding station operation on public file for three years. In the fall of 2011, the FCC commenced proceedings to establish a standardized form for reporting information on a television station’s public interest programming and, in April 2012, the FCC adopted rules to require that television broadcasters maintain their public inspection files online.  The FCC may ultimately adopt similar rules for radio stations.  Moreover, the FCC has proposed rules designed to increase local programming content and diversity, including renewal application processing guidelines for locally-oriented programming and a requirement that broadcasters establish advisory boards in the communities where they own stations.  Stations also must follow FCC rules and policies regulating political advertising, obscene or indecent programming, sponsorship identification, contests and lotteries and technical operation, including limits on human exposure to radio frequency radiation.

The FCC’s rules prohibit a broadcast licensee, in certain circumstances, from simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM). The simulcasting restriction applies if the licensee owns both radio broadcast stations or owns one and programs the other through a local marketing agreement, and only if the contours of the radio stations overlap in a certain manner.

The FCC requires that licensees not discriminate in hiring practices on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin or gender.  It also requires stations with at least five full-time employees to broadly disseminate information about all full-time job openings and undertake outreach initiatives from an FCC list of activities such as participation in job fairs, internships or scholarship programs. The FCC is considering whether to apply these recruitment requirements to part-time employment positions.  Stations must retain records of their outreach efforts and keep an annual Equal Employment Opportunity (“EEO”) report in their public inspection files and post an electronic version on their websites. Radio stations with more than 10 full-time employees must file certain EEO reports with the FCC midway through their license term.

From time to time, complaints may be filed against any of our radio stations alleging violations of these or other rules. In addition, the FCC may conduct audits or inspections to ensure and verify licensee compliance with FCC rules and regulations. Failure to observe these or other rules and regulations can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including fines or conditions, the grant of “short” (less than the maximum eight year) renewal terms or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the revocation of a license.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we employed 1,072 full-time employees and 400 part-time employees. Our employees are not unionized. 

Corporate Governance

Code of Ethics.  We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers (including our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) and employees and meets the requirements of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. Our code of ethics can be found on our website, www.radio-one.com. We will provide a paper copy of the code of ethics, free of charge, upon request.

Audit Committee Charter.  Our audit committee has adopted a charter as required by the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. This committee charter can be found on our website, www.radio-one.com. We will provide a paper copy of the audit committee charter, free of charge, upon request.

Compensation Committee Charter.  Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We will provide a paper copy of the compensation committee charter, free of charge, upon request.

Internet Address and Internet Access to SEC Reports

Our internet address is www.radio-one.com. You may obtain through our internet website, free of charge, copies of our proxies, annual reports on Form 10-K and 10-K/A, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and 10-Q/A, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These reports are available as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with or furnish them to the SEC. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this Form 10-K.

23

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

For an enterprise as large and complex as ours, a wide range of factors could affect our business and financial results. The factors described below are considered to be the most significant, but are not listed in any particular order. There may be other currently unknown or unpredictable economic, business, competitive, regulatory or other factors that could have material adverse effects on our future results. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. The following discussion of risk factors should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Risks Related to the Nature and Operations of Our Business

The state and condition of the global financial markets and fluctuations in the global and U.S. economies may have an unpredictable impact on our business and financial condition.

The globalequityand creditmarketscontinueto experiencehigh levelsof volatilityand disruption.At variouspointsin time,the marketshave produced downwardpressureon stock pricesand limitedcreditcapacity for certaincompanieswithout regardto those companies’underlyingfinancialstrength.In addition,sluggishness in the globaland U.S.economieshas produced concernover publicand privatedebt levels,high unemployment, a drop in consumerconfidenceand spending and continuedslowness in the U.S.housing market.These factors have impactedcorporateprofitsand resultedin cutbacksin advertisingbudgets. If the economicsluggishness and/orcurrentlevelsof marketdisruptionand volatilitycontinueor worsen, therecan be no assurancethatwe will not experiencea furtheradverseeffect,which may be material,on our business,financialcondition,results of operationsand our abilityto accesscapital.For example,any worsening of the economy, creditmarkets, continuinggeopoliticaluncertainty,a continuationof marketvolatilityor furtherweakness in consumerspending could continueto adverselyimpactthe overalldemand for advertising.Such a resultcould have a negativeeffect on our revenuesand resultsof operations.In addition,our abilityto accessthe capitalmarketsmay be severely restrictedat a timewhenwewould like,or need, to do so, which could have an impacton our flexibilityto react to changing economicand businessconditions.

Anydeteriorationof the economy’songoing gradual recoverycould negativelyimpactour abilityto meet our cash needs andour abilityto maintaincompliancewith our debt covenants.

We believewewill be able to maintaincompliancewith the covenantscontainedin our senior credit facilityfor the foreseeablefuture.This beliefis based on our mostrecentrevenue,operatingincomeand cash flow projections.Our projections,however, are highly dependenton the continuationof the graduallyimproving economicand advertisingenvironments,and any adversefluctuations,or otherunforeseencircumstances,may negativelyimpactour operationsbeyond those assumedby management.If economicconditionsdo not continue to improve,or deteriorate,or if otheradversefactorsoutsideour controlarise,our operationscould be negatively impacted,which could preventus frommaintainingcompliancewith our debt covenants.If it appearsthatwe could not meetour liquidityneeds or thatnoncompliancewith debt covenantsis likely,wewould implement remedialmeasures(as wehave done in the past),which could include,but not be limitedto, operatingcost and capitalexpenditurereductionsand deferralsand seekingour shareof distributionsfromTVOneto the extentnot alreadyreceived(which cannot be assured).In addition,wecould implementfurtherde-leveragingactions, which may include,but not be limitedto, otherdebt repayments,subjectto our availableliquidityand contractual abilityto make such repaymentsand/ordebt refinancingsand amendments.

We have historically incurred net losses which could continue into the future.

We have historically reported net losses in our consolidated statements of operations, due mostly in part to recording non-cash impairment charges for write-downs to radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, interest expense (both cash and non-cash), net losses incurred for discontinued operations and revenue declines caused by weakened advertising demand resulting from the current economic environment. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we experienced net losses of approximately $62.0 million and $66.9 million, respectively. These results have had a negative impact on our financial condition and could be exacerbated given the current economic climate. If these trends continue in the future, they could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

24

Our revenue is substantially dependent on spending and allocation decisions by advertisers, and seasonality and/or weakening economic conditions may have an impact upon our business.

Substantiallyallof our revenueis derivedfromsalesof advertisementsand programsponsorshipsto local and nationaladvertisers.Anyreductionin advertisingexpendituresor changes in advertisers’spending priorities and/orallocationsacrossdifferenttypes of mediaor programmingcould have an adverseeffecton the Company’s revenuesand resultsof operations.We do not obtainlong-termcommitmentsfromour advertisers and advertisersmay cancel,reduceor postpone advertisementswithout penalty,which could adverselyaffectour revenue.Seasonalnet revenuefluctuationsare commonin the mediaindustriesand are due primarilyto fluctuationsin advertisingexpendituresby localand nationaladvertisers.In addition,advertisingrevenuesin even-numberedyearstend to benefitfromadvertisingplacedby candidatesfor politicaloffices.The effectsof such seasonality (including weather),combinedwith the severestructuralchanges thathave occurredin the U.S.economy, make it difficultto estimatefutureoperatingresultsbased on the previousresultsof any specificquarterand may adverselyaffectoperatingresults.

Advertising expenditures also tend to be cyclical and reflect general economic conditions both nationally and locally. Because we derive a substantial portion of our revenues from the sale of advertising, a decline or delay in advertising expenditures could reduce our revenues or hinder our ability to increase these revenues. Advertising expenditures by companies in certain sectors of the economy, including the automotive, financial, entertainment and retail industries, represent a significant portion of our advertising revenues. Structural changes (such as the decreased number of automotive dealers and brands) and business failures in these industries have affected our revenues and continued structural changes, consolidation or business failures in any of these industries could have significant further impact on our revenues. Any political, economic, social or technological change resulting in a significant reduction in the advertising spending of these sectors could adversely affect our advertising revenues or its ability to increase such revenues. In addition, because many of the products and services offered by our advertisers are largely discretionary items, weakening economic conditions could reduce the consumption of such products and services and, thus, reduce advertising for such products and services. Changes in advertisers’ spending priorities during economic cycles (such as the current cycle) may also affect our results. Disasters (domestic or external to the United States), acts of terrorism, political uncertainty or hostilities also could lead to a reduction in advertising expenditures as a result of supply or demand issues, uninterrupted news coverage and economic uncertainty.

Pricing for advertising may continue to face downward pressure.

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, in response to weakness and fluctuations in the economy, advertisers increasingly purchased lower-priced inventory rather than higher-priced inventory, and increasingly demanded lower pricing, in addition to increasingly purchasing later and through advertising inventory from third-party advertising networks. If advertisers continue to demand lower-priced inventory and/or otherwise continue to put downward pressure on pricing, our operating margins and ability to generate revenue could be further adversely affected.

Our success is dependent upon audience acceptance of our content, particularly our radio programs, which is difficult to predict.

Media and radio content production and distribution are inherently risky businesses because the revenues derived from the production and distribution of media content or a radio program, and the licensing of rights to the intellectual property associated with the content or program, depend primarily upon their acceptance and perceptions by the public, which are difficult to predict. The commercial success of content or a program also depends upon the quality and acceptance of other competing programs released into the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic conditions and other tangible and intangible factors, all of which are difficult to predict. Finally, the costs of content and programming may change significantly if new performance royalties (such as those that have been proposed by members of Congress from time to time) are imposed upon radio broadcasters or internet operators and such changes could have a material impact upon our business.

Ratings for broadcast stations and traffic on a particular website are also factors that are weighed when advertisers determine which outlets to use and in determining the advertising rates that the outlet receives. Poor ratings or traffic levels can lead to a reduction in pricing and advertising revenues. For example, if there is an event causing a change of programming at one of our stations, there could be no assurance that any replacement programming would generate the same level of ratings, revenues or profitability as the previous programming. In addition, changes in ratings methodology and technology could adversely impact our ratings and negatively affect our advertising revenues.

25

Arbitron, the leading supplier of ratings data for U.S. radio markets, has developed technology to passively collect data for its ratings service. The Portable People Meter™ (the “PPM™”) is a small, pager-sized device that does not require any active manipulation by the end user and is capable of automatically measuring radio, television, Internet, satellite radio and satellite television signals that are encoded for the service by the broadcaster. All of our market ratings are being measured by the PPM™ with the exception of Richmond. Due to its smaller market size, Richmond will remain on the diary methodology. In each market, there has been a compression in the relative ratings of all stations in the market, enhancing the competitive pressure within the market for advertising dollars. In addition, ratings for certain stations when measured by the PPM™ as opposed to the traditional diary methodology can be materially different. Because of the competitive factors we face and the introduction of the PPM™ (which continues to have market impact), we cannot assure investors that we will be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising revenue.

A disproportionate share of our net revenue comes from radio stations in a small number of geographic markets and from Reach Media.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, approximately 50.2% of our net revenue was generated from the sale of advertising in our core radio business, excluding Reach Media. Within our core radio business, four of the 15 markets in which we operate radio stations accounted for approximately 57.0% of our radio station net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenue from the operations of Reach Media, along with revenue from both the Houston and Washington, DC markets accounted for approximately 28.4% of our total consolidated net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Revenue from the operations of Reach Media, along with revenue from four of the 15 markets in which we operate radio stations, accounted for approximately 40.8% of our total consolidated net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Adverse events or conditions (economic (and including government cutbacks) or otherwise) could lead to declines in the contribution of Reach Media or to declines in one or more of the significant contributing markets (Houston, Washington, DC, Atlanta and Baltimore), which could have a material adverse effect on our overall financial performance and results of operations.

We may lose audience share and advertising revenue to our competitors.

Our radio stations and other media properties compete for audiences and advertising revenue with other radio stations and station groups and other media such as broadcast television, newspapers, magazines, cable television, satellite television, satellite radio, outdoor advertising, the internet and direct mail. Adverse changes in audience ratings, internet traffic and market shares could have a material adverse effect on our revenue. Larger media companies with more financial resources than we have may enter the markets in which we operate causing competitive pressure. Further, other media and broadcast companies may change their programming format or engage in aggressive promotional campaigns to compete directly with our media properties for audiences and advertisers. This competition could result in lower ratings or traffic and, hence, lower advertising revenue for us or cause us to increase promotion and other expenses and, consequently, lower our earnings and cash flow. Changes in population, demographics, audience tastes and other factors beyond our control, could also cause changes in audience ratings or market share. Failure by us to respond successfully to these changes could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance. We cannot assure that we will be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising revenue.

We recently changed the programming format of certain of our stations in response to demographic changes and/or significant shifts in ratings due to changes in ratings technology. There is no assurance that this change in programming will generate the same or better levels of ratings, revenues or profitability as the previous programming.

If we are unable to successfully identify, acquire and integrate businesses pursuant to our diversification strategy, our business and prospects may be adversely impacted.

We are pursuing a strategy of acquiring and investing in other forms of media that complement our core radio business in an effort to grow and diversify our business and revenue streams. This strategy depends on our ability to find suitable opportunities and obtain acceptable financing. Negotiating transactions and integrating an acquired business could result in significant costs, including significant use of management’s time and resources.

26

 

Our diversification strategy partially depends on our ability to identify attractive media properties at reasonable prices and to divest properties that are no longer strategic to our business. Further, entering new businesses may subject us to additional risk factors. Some of the material risks that could hinder our ability to implement this strategy include:

· continuedeconomic sluggishness andfluctuations;

· limitations under the terms of our credit facilities and/or bond indentures;

· inability to find buyers for media properties we target for sale at attractive prices due to decreasing market prices for radio stations or the inability of a potential buyer to obtain credit in the current economic environment;

· failure or delays in completing acquisitions or divestitures due to difficulties in obtaining required regulatory approval, including possible difficulties by the seller or buyer in obtaining antitrust approval for acquisitions in markets where we already own multiple stations or establishing compliance with broadcast ownership rules;

· reduction in the number of suitable acquisition targets due to increased competition for acquisitions;

· we may lose key employees of acquired companies or stations;

· difficulty in integrating operations and systems and managing a diverse media business;

· failure of some acquisitions to prove profitable or generate sufficient cash flow; and

· inability to finance acquisitions on acceptable terms, through incurring debt or issuing stock.

We can provide no assurance that our diversification strategy will be successful.

We must respond to the rapid changes in technology, services and standards in order to remain competitive.

Technological standards across our media properties are evolving and new media technologies are emerging. We cannot assure that we will have the resources to acquire new technologies or to introduce new features or services to compete with these new technologies. Several new media technologies and/or features are being, or have been, developed, including the following:

· satellite delivered digital audio radio service, which has resulted in the introduction of several new satellite radio services with sound quality equivalent to that of compact discs;

· audio programming by cable television systems, direct broadcast satellite systems, internet content providers and other digital audio broadcast formats;

· streamingaudio and video contentavailablefor listeningand/orviewing on the Internetand/oravailablefor downloading to portabledevices(includingstreaming via Wi-Fi,mobilephones, smartphones, netbooks, tabletsand similarportabledevices,WiMAX, the Internetand MP3 players);

· and search capabilities embedded within social media platforms.

New media has resulted in fragmentation in the advertising market, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that additional competition arising from new technologies may have on the radio broadcasting industry, our multi-media business or on our financial condition and results of operations, which may be adversely affected if we are not able to adapt successfully to these new media technologies.

The loss of key personnel, including certain on-air talent, could disrupt the management and operations of our business.

Our business depends upon the continued efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other key employees, including certain on-air personalities. We believe that the combination of skills and experience possessed by our executive officers and other key employees could be difficult to replace, and that the loss of one or more of them could have a material adverse effect on us, including the impairment of our ability to execute our business strategy. In addition, several of our on-air personalities and syndicated radio programs hosts have large loyal audiences in their respective broadcast areas and may be significantly responsible for the ratings of a station. The loss of such on-air personalities or any change in their popularity could impact the ability of the station to sell advertising and our ability to derive revenue from syndicating programs hosted by them. We cannot be assured that these individuals will remain with us or will retain their current audiences or ratings.

27

As a part of our diversification strategy, we continue to develop our internet businesses. Failure to effectuate this strategy may adversely affect our brands and business prospects.

Our diversification strategy is in part dependent upon the development of our internet businesses. In order for our internet businesses to grow and succeed over the long-term, we must, among other things:

· significantly increase our online traffic and revenue;

· attract and retain a base of frequent visitors to our web sites;

· expand the content, products and tools we offer on our web sites;

· respond to competitive developments while maintaining a distinct identity across each of our online brands;

· attract and retain talent for critical positions;

· maintain and form relationships with strategic partners to attract more consumers;

· continue to develop and upgrade our technologies; and

· bring new product features to market in a timely manner.

We cannot assure that we will be successful in achieving these and other necessary objectives. If we are not successful in achieving these objectives, our business, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

If our interactive unit does not continue to develop and offer compelling and differentiated content, products and services, our advertising revenues could be adversely affected.

In order to attract internet consumers and generate increased activity on our internet properties, we believe that we must offer compelling and differentiated content, products and services. However, acquiring, developing and offering such content, products and services may require significant costs and time to develop, while consumer tastes may be difficult to predict and are subject to rapid change. If we are unable to provide content, products and services that are sufficiently attractive to our internet users, we may not be able to generate the increases in activity necessary to generate increased advertising revenues. In addition, although we have access to certain content provided by our other businesses, we may be required to make substantial payments to license such content. Many of our content arrangements with third parties are non-exclusive, so competitors may be able to offer similar or identical content. If we are not able to acquire or develop compelling content and do so at reasonable prices, or if other companies offer content that is similar to that provided by our interactive unit, we may not be able to attract and increase the engagement of internet consumers on our internet properties.

Continued growth in our internet advertising business also depends on our ability to continue offering a competitive and distinctive range of advertising products and services for advertisers and publishers and our ability to maintain or increase prices for our advertising products and services. Continuing to develop and improve these products and services may require significant time and costs. If we cannot continue to develop and improve its advertising products and services or if prices for its advertising products and services decrease, our internet advertising revenues could be adversely affected.

28

More individuals are using devices other than personal and laptop computers to access and use the internet, and, if we cannot make our products and services available and attractive to consumers via these alternative devices, our internet advertising revenues could be adversely affected.

Internet users are increasingly accessing and using the internet through devices other than a personal or laptop computer, such as mobile tablets and smartphones, which differ from computers with respect to memory, functionality, resolution and screen size. In order for consumers to access and use our products and services via these alternative devices, we must ensure that our products and services are technologically compatible with such devices. We also must secure arrangements with device manufacturers and wireless carriers in order to have placement and functionality on the alternative devices and to more effectively reach consumers. If we cannot effectively make our products and services available on alternative devices, fewer internet consumers may access and use our products and services and our advertising revenue may be negatively affected.

Unrelated third parties may claim that we infringe on their rights based on the nature and content of information posted on websites maintained by us.

We host internet services that enable individuals to exchange information, generate content, comment on our content, and engage in various online activities. The law relating to the liability of providers of these online services for activities of their users is currently unsettled both within the United States and internationally. While we monitor postings to such websites, claims may be brought against us for defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, unlawful activity, tort, including personal injury, fraud, or other theories based on the nature and content of information that may be posted online or generated by our users. Our defense of such actions could be costly and involve significant time and attention of our management and other resources.

If we are unable to protect our domain names, our reputation and brands could be adversely affected.

We currently hold various domain name registrations relating to our brands, including radio-one.com and interactiveone.com. The registration and maintenance of domain names generally are regulated by governmental agencies and their designees. Governing bodies may establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may be unable to register or maintain relevant domain names. We may be unable, without significant cost or at all, to prevent third parties from registering domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of, our trademarks and other proprietary rights. Failure to protect our domain names could adversely affect our reputation and brands, and make it more difficult for users to find our websites and our services.

Future asset impairment to the carrying values of our FCC licenses and goodwill could adversely impact our results of operations and net worth.

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $659.8 million in broadcast licenses and $272.0 million in goodwill, which totaled $931.8 million, and represented approximately 65.9% of our total assets. Therefore, we believe estimating the fair value of goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses is a critical accounting estimate because of the significance of their carrying values in relation to our total assets. We recorded an impairment charge of approximately $14.9 million against our radio broadcasting licenses during the year ended December 31, 2013. We recorded an impairment charge of $313,000 against our radio broadcasting licenses during the year ended December 31, 2012.

We are required by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” to test our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, which we have traditionally done in the fourth quarter, or on an interim basis when events or changes in circumstances suggest impairment may have occurred. Impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset over its fair value. Impairment may result from deterioration in our performance, changes in anticipated future cash flows, changes in business plans, adverse economic or market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws and regulations, or other factors beyond our control. The amount of any impairment must be expensed as a charge to operations. Fair values of FCC licenses and goodwill have been estimated using the income approach, which involves a 10-year model that incorporates several judgmental assumptions about projected revenue growth, future operating margins, discount rates and terminal values. We also utilize a market-based approach to evaluate our fair value estimates. There are inherent uncertainties related to these assumptions and our judgment in applying them to the impairment analysis.

29

As discussed in Note 5 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this report, the limited economic recovery and limited credit environment has weakened advertising demand in general, and has led to declining radio and online advertising, reduced growth expectations, deteriorating profits and cash flows, debt downgrades and fewer sales transactions with lower multiples. During the first, second and third quarters of 2013, the total market revenue growth for certain markets in which we operate was below that used in our 2012 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain market’s radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. We recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.4 million related to our Cincinnati FCC radio broadcasting licenses during the first quarter of 2013. In addition, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.8 million related to our Philadelphia, Cincinnati and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the second quarter of 2013. Finally, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $3.7 million related to our Boston and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the third quarter of 2013. The remaining radio broadcasting licenses that were tested during 2013 were not impaired. The results of our annual impairment testing as of October 1, 2013, indicated that the carrying value for our broadcasting licenses, as well as goodwill associated with all reporting units had not been impaired. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded impairment charges against radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill of approximately $14.9 million, $313,000 and approximately $22.3 million, respectively.

Changes in certain events or circumstances could result in changes to our estimated fair values, and may result in further write-downs to the carrying values of these assets. Additional impairment charges could adversely affect our financial results, financial ratios and could limit our ability to obtain financing in the future.

If material weaknesses or significant control deficiencies occur in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

During the second quarter of 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. We did not maintain adequate internal controls with regard to the review of the preparation of the condensed consolidating financial statements of guarantors in the footnotes to our previously filed financial statements in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (the “2012 10-K”). As a result, we restated our condensed consolidating footnote in our 2012 10-K and in our Forms 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. In response to this material weakness, we have restructured our Finance and Accounting functions and engaged additional resources with the appropriate depth of experience for our Finance and Accounting departments, updated our accounting policies and procedures to ensure that accounting personnel have sufficient guidance to remediate the previously communicated weakness and to appropriately evaluate all disclosure requirements and implemented a required senior management, legal and accounting review to specifically address all disclosures and related financial information. We cannot assure you that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses. If other material weaknesses or other significant control deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

Disruptions or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure could interfere with our operations, compromise customer information and expose us to liability, possibly causing our business and reputation to suffer.

Any internal technology error or failure impacting systems hosted externally at third party locations, or large scale external interruption in technology infrastructure we depend on, such as power, telecommunications or the internet, may disrupt our technology network. Any individual, sustained or repeated failure of technology could impact our customer service and result in increased costs or reduced revenues. Our technology systems and related data may also be vulnerable to a variety of sources of interruption due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers and other security issues. While we have in place, and continue to invest in, technology security initiatives and disaster recovery plans, these measures may not be adequate or implemented properly to prevent a business disruption and its adverse financial and reputational consequences to our business.

30

In addition, as a part of our ordinary business operations, we may collect and store sensitive data, including personal information of our customers and employees. The secure operation of the networks and systems on which this type of information is stored, processed and maintained is critical to our business operations and strategy. Any compromise of our technology systems resulting from attacks by hackers or breaches due to employee error or malfeasance could result in the loss, disclosure, misappropriation of or access to customers’, employees’ or business partners’ information. Any such loss, disclosure, misappropriation or access could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability or regulatory penalties under laws protecting the privacy of personal information disrupt operations and damage our reputation, any or all of which could adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to Regulation

Our business depends on maintaining our licenses with the FCC. We could be prevented from operating a radio station if we fail to maintain its license.

Within our primary business, we are required to maintain radio broadcasting licenses issued by the FCC. These licenses are ordinarily issued for a maximum term of eight years and are renewable. Certain of our radio broadcasting licenses began to expire in October 2011 and others expire at various times through April 1, 2022. While we anticipate receiving all renewals, interested third-parties may challenge our renewal applications. In addition, we are subject to extensive and changing regulation by the FCC with respect to such matters as programming, indecency standards, technical operations, employment and business practices. If we or any of our significant stockholders, officers, or directors violate the FCC’s rules and regulations or the Communications Act of 1944, as amended (the “Communications Act”), or is convicted of a felony, the FCC may commence a proceeding to impose fines or sanctions upon us. Examples of possible sanctions include the imposition of fines, the renewal of one or more of our broadcasting licenses for a term of fewer than eight years or the revocation of our broadcast licenses. If the FCC were to issue an order denying a license renewal application or revoking a license, we would be required to cease operating the radio station covered by the license only after we had exhausted administrative and judicial review without success.

There is significant uncertainty regarding the FCC’s media ownership rules, and such rules could restrict our ability to acquire radio stations.

The Communications Act and FCC rules and policies limit the number of broadcasting properties that any person or entity may own (directly or by attribution) in any market and require FCC approval for transfers of control and assignments of licenses. The FCC’s media ownership rules remain in flux and subject to further agency and court proceedings. On May 25, 2010, the FCC instituted an inquiry as part of its 2010 quadrennial review of its media ownership rules to seek public comment on and evaluate such rules to determine whether any changes are warranted. See the information contained in “Business-Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting.”

In addition to the FCC media ownership rules, the outside media interests of our officers and directors could limit our ability to acquire stations. The filing of petitions or complaints against Radio One or any FCC licensee from which we are acquiring a station could result in the FCC delaying the grant of, or refusing to grant or imposing conditions on its consent to the assignment or transfer of control of licenses. The Communications Act and FCC rules and policies also impose limitations on non-U.S. ownership and voting of our capital stock.

Increased enforcement by the FCC of its indecency rules against the broadcast industry could adversely affect our business operations.

The FCC’s rules prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent or profane material on television broadcast stations between the hours of 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. Broadcasters risk violating the prohibition against broadcasting indecent material because of the vagueness of the FCC’s indecency/profanity definition, coupled with the spontaneity of live programming. The FCC has in the past vigorously enforced its indecency rules against the broadcasting industry and has threatened to initiate license revocation proceedings against broadcast licensees for “serious” indecency violations. In 2004 the FCC indicated that it was enhancing its enforcement efforts relating to the regulation of indecency. The FCC has found on a number of occasions that the content of broadcasts has contained indecent material. In such instances, the FCC issued fines or advisory warnings to the offending broadcast licensees. Moreover, the FCC has in some instances imposed separate fines against broadcasters for each allegedly indecent “utterance,” in contrast with its previous policy, which generally considered all indecent words or phrases within a given program as constituting a single violation. On July 13, 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (“Second Circuit”) issued a decision in which it vacated the FCC’s indecency policy pursuant to which any broadcast of a single “utterance” of a “fleeting expletive” would be deemed by the FCC to be presumptively indecent. In this decision, the Second Circuit also called into question the constitutionality of the FCC’s indecency policy generally. In November 2010, the Second Circuit denied a petition for rehearing of that decision, and in January 2011, the Second Circuit vacated an FCC decision at issue in another indecency appeal, relying on its July 2010 and November 2010 decisions. The FCC appealed to the Supreme Court, which agreed to review the Second Circuit’s actions. In June 2012, the Supreme Court issued a decision which, while setting aside the particular FCC actions under review on narrow due process grounds, declined to rule on the constitutionality of the FCC’s indecency policies. It is not possible to predict whether and, if so, how the FCC will revise its indecency policy in response to the Supreme Court’s decision, or the effect of such decision on us. The fines for broadcasting indecent material are a maximum of $325,000 per utterance. The determination of whether content is indecent is inherently subjective and, as such, it can be difficult to predict whether particular content could violate indecency standards. The difficulty in predicting whether individual programs, words or phrases may violate the FCC’s indecency rules adds significant uncertainty to our ability to comply with the rules. Violation of the indecency rules could lead to sanctions which may adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, the FCC’s heightened focus on the indecency regulatory scheme, against the broadcast industry generally, may encourage third parties to oppose our license renewal applications or applications for consent to acquire broadcast stations.

31

Changes in current federal regulations could adversely affect our business operations.

Congress and the FCC have considered, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies that could, directly or indirectly, affect the profitability of our broadcast stations. In particular, Congress is considering a revocation of radio’s exemption from paying royalties to performing artists for use of their recordings (radio already pays a royalty to songwriters, composers and publishers). In addition, commercial radio broadcasters and entities representing artists are negotiating agreements that could result in broadcast stations paying royalties to artists. A requirement to pay additional royalties could have an adverse effect on our business operations and financial performance.

New or changing federal, state or international privacy legislation or regulation could hinder the growth of our internet business.

A variety of federal and state laws govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of consumer data that our internet business uses to operate its services and to deliver certain advertisements to its customers, as well as the technologies used to collect such data. Not only are existing privacy-related laws in these jurisdictions evolving and subject to potentially disparate interpretation by governmental entities, new legislative proposals affecting privacy are now pending at both the federal and state level in the U.S. Changes to the interpretation of existing law or the adoption of new privacy-related requirements could hinder the growth of our internet business. Also, a failure or perceived failure to comply with such laws or requirements or with our own policies and procedures could result in significant liabilities, including a possible loss of consumer or investor confidence or a loss of customers or advertisers.

Our operation of various real properties and facilities could lead to environmental liability.

As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and facilities, we are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business. There can be no assurance, however, that compliance with existing or new environmental laws and regulations will not require us to make significant expenditures of funds.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Governance Structure

Two common stockholders have a majority voting interest in Radio One and have the power to control matters on which our common stockholders may vote, and their interests may conflict with yours.

As of December 31, 2013, our Chairperson and her son, our President and CEO, collectively held approximately 94% of the outstanding voting power of our common stock. As a result, our Chairperson and our CEO control our management and policies and most decisions involving or impacting upon Radio One, including transactions involving a change of control, such as a sale or merger. The interests of these stockholders may differ from the interests of our other stockholders and our debtholders. In addition, certain covenants in our debt instruments require that our Chairperson and the CEO maintain a specified ownership and voting interest in Radio One, and prohibit other parties’ voting interests from exceeding specified amounts. In addition, the TV One operating agreement provides for adverse consequences to Radio One in the event our Chairperson and CEO fail to maintain a specified ownership and voting interest in us. Our Chairperson and the CEO have agreed to vote their shares together in elections of members to the board of directors of Radio One.

32

Further, we are a “controlled company” under rules governing the listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Stock Market because more than 50% of our voting power is held by our Chairperson and the CEO. Therefore, we are not subject to NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules that would otherwise require us to have: (i) a majority of independent directors on the board; (ii) a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors; (iii) a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors; (iv) compensation of our executive officers determined by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors; and (v) director nominees selected, or recommended for the board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors. While a majority of our board members are currently independent directors, we do not make any assurances that a majority of our board members be independent directors at any given time.

Risks Related to Our Investment in TV One

TV One has substantial indebtedness that we are required to reflect in our total consolidated indebtedness. Certain restrictions in the indenture governing the TV One indebtedness could impact upon TV One’s ability to make distributions to us.

On February 25, 2011, TV One incurred $119.0 million of indebtedness in connection with the redemption of certain of its financial investor and management members. The debt was issued in a private offering in the form of the TV One Notes. Until the issuance of the TV One Notes, TV One operated without any long-term indebtedness. With our majority interest in TV One, we are required to reflect TV One’s indebtedness in our total consolidated indebtedness. Further, the indenture governing the TV One Notes contains certain covenants that could impact upon TV One’s operations, including its ability to make distributions. Under the terms of such indenture, TV One is permitted to make distributions to us so long as, at the time of and after giving effect to such distribution to us: (i) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such distribution; (ii) the consolidated EBITDA of TV One for the most recent four-quarter period for which internal financial statements are available, was greater than $25 million; and (iii) TV One would have at least $5.0 million of liquidity on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such distribution to us. While we currently do not foresee these restrictions prohibiting TV One from making distributions to us, to the extent the restrictions do prohibit TV One from making distributions to us, it could impact upon our overall liquidity and our ability to maintain compliance under the terms of our outstanding indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facility and the notes following the completion of this offering.

We may not realize all of the expected benefits from our investment in TV One.

We believe that the TV One investment will provide us with a number of benefits, including helping us realize our operating strategy of becoming a multi-media entertainment and information content provider to African-American consumers. Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the TV One investment will depend on TV One’s success. Our management is and continues to be required to devote significant attention and resources to these efforts, which may disrupt our other businesses. If our investment in TV One is not executed effectively, it could preclude realization of the full benefits we expect. Failure to realize the anticipated benefits of this investment may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, the efforts required to realize the benefits of our investment in TV One may result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, and the diversion of our management’s attention, and a material negative impact on our consolidated results of operations. Beginning at the end of 2014, we or Comcast, our partner in TV One, can demand an appraisal of TV One. Such a demand could trigger an event whereby we buy out Comcast from the partnership or they buy out our remaining interest in the partnership.  We cannot assure you of the outcome of this event and whether we will retain our interest in TV One or obtain a greater interest in TV One.

33

 

Our ability to control the operations of TV One will be limited by the rights of our partners.

Our ability to operate and otherwise fully integrate the operations of TV One with our operations will be limited by the terms of our agreements with our partner, Comcast. We own 51.9% of TV One and hold two of its three board seats. However, the operations of TV One could be disrupted or otherwise adversely affected to the extent we become involved in disputes with our partner regarding the strategic direction or operations of TV One. Potential conflicts of interest could also arise if we enter into any new commercial arrangements with TV One in the future. The board of directors of TV One, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties to all of the equityholders of TV One, may take actions that may not always be in our best interests and such actions could lead to outcomes that have a material negative impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

We consolidate the financial results of TV One into our own in accordance with GAAP as a result of our approximately 51.9% controlling ownership interest in TV One. This causes the total assets and liabilities on our balance sheet to appear larger than they would otherwise and our statement of operations to reflect larger revenues and expenses than would be the case absent such consolidation. In that regard, we note that we will include our proportionate share of TV One’s earnings in calculating and reporting our net income and Adjusted EBITDA although we will only be entitled to include its earnings in calculating our net income for purposes of the indenture governing the notes to the extent such earnings have been distributed to us for so long as TV One is not considered a “Restricted Subsidiary” under such indenture. In addition, the operating agreement (and related agreements) that created and governs TV One contains certain limited conditions under which such distributions may be made and certain restrictions in the indenture governing the TV One Notes could also impact upon TV One’s ability to make distributions to us. Although TV One is consolidated with our financial statements, it will not guarantee the notes and will not initially be considered a “Restricted Subsidiary” under the indenture governing the notes offered hereby and, as a result, will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants contained in the indenture that would otherwise apply to our “Restricted Subsidiaries” under the indenture.

A decline in advertising expenditures could cause TV One’s revenues and operating results to decline significantly in any given period.

TV One derives substantial revenues from the sale of advertising. A decline in the economic prospects of advertisers or the economy in general could alter current or prospective advertisers’ spending priorities. Disasters, acts of terrorism, political uncertainty or hostilities could lead to a reduction in advertising expenditures as a result of economic uncertainty. Advertising expenditures may also be affected by increasing competition for the leisure time of audiences. In addition, advertising expenditures by companies in certain sectors of the economy, including the automotive and financial segments, represent a significant portion of TV One’s advertising revenues. Any political, economic, social or technological change resulting in a reduction in these sectors’ advertising expenditures may adversely affect TV One’s revenue. Advertisers’ willingness to purchase advertising may also be affected by a decline in audience ratings for TV One’s programming, the inability of TV One to retain the rights to popular programming, increasing audience fragmentation caused by the proliferation of new media formats, including other cable networks, the Internet and video-on-demand and the deployment of portable digital devices and new technologies which allow consumers to time shift programming, make and store digital copies and skip or fast-forward through advertisements. Any reduction in advertising expenditures could have an adverse effect on TV One’s revenues and results of operations.

TV One’s success is dependent upon audience acceptance of its content, which is difficult to predict.

Television content production is inherently a risky business because the revenues derived from the production and distribution of a television program and the licensing of rights to the associated intellectual property, depend primarily upon the public’s level of acceptance, which is difficult to predict. The commercial success of a television program also depends upon the quality and acceptance of other competing programs in the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment and leisure time activities, general economic conditions and other tangible and intangible factors, all of which are difficult to predict. Rating points are also factors that are weighed when determining the advertising rates that TV One receives. Poor ratings can lead to a reduction in pricing and advertising revenues. Consequently, low public acceptance of TV One’s content may have an adverse effect on TV One’s results of operations. Further, recent competitive network launches, such as the networks launched by Oprah Winfrey, Sean Combs and Magic Johnson, could take away from our audience share and ratings and thus have an adverse effect on TV One’s results of operations.

34

The loss of affiliation agreements could materially adversely affect TV One’s results of operations.

TV One is dependent upon the maintenance of affiliation agreements with cable and direct broadcast distributors for its revenues, and there can be no assurance that these agreements will be renewed in the future on terms acceptable to such distributors. The loss of one or more of these arrangements could reduce the distribution of TV One’s programming services and reduce revenues from subscriber fees and advertising, as applicable. Further, the loss of favorable packaging, positioning, pricing or other marketing opportunities with any distributor could reduce revenues from subscriber fees. In addition, consolidation among cable distributors and increased vertical integration of such distributors into the cable or broadcast network business have provided more leverage to these distributors and could adversely affect TV One’s ability to maintain or obtain distribution for its network programming on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Since its inception, TV One has not gone through a renewal process with respect to its affiliation agreements. Some of its major affiliation agreements expire at the end of calendar year 2014 through 2016, and the results of TV One’s renewal process could have a material adverse effect on TV One’s revenues and results and operations. We cannot assure you that TV One will be able to renew its affiliation agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. A loss of a major affiliation agreement could have a material adverse effect on TV One’s revenues and results of operations.

Changes in consumer behavior resulting from new technologies and distribution platforms may impact the performance of our businesses.

TV One faces emerging competition from other providers of digital media, some of which have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. In particular, content offered over the Internet has become more prevalent as the speed and quality of broadband networks have improved. Providers such as Hulu^TM, Netflix^TM, Apple^TM, Amazon^TM and Google^TM, as well as gaming and other consoles such as Microsoft’s Xbox^TM, Apple TV^TM, Sony’s PS3^TM, Nintendo’s Wii^TM and Roku^TM, are aggressively establishing themselves as alternative providers of video services. These services and the growing availability of online content, coupled with an expanding market for mobile devices and tablets that allow users to view content on an on-demand basis and Internet-connected televisions, may impact our traditional distribution methods for our services and content. Additionally, devices that allow users to view television programs on a time-shifted basis and technologies that enable users to fast-forward or skip programming, including commercials, such as DVRs and portable digital devices and systems that enable users to store or make portable copies of content, have caused changes in consumer behavior that may affect the attractiveness of our offerings to advertisers and could therefore adversely affect our revenues. If we cannot ensure that our distribution methods and content are responsive to TV One’s target audiences, our business could be adversely affected.

The failure or destruction of satellites and transmitter facilities that TV One depends upon to distribute its programming could materially adversely affect TV One’s businesses and results of operations.

TV One uses satellite systems to transmit its programming to affiliates. The distribution facilities include uplinks, communications satellites and downlinks. Transmissions may be disrupted as a result of local disasters, including extreme weather, that impair on-ground uplinks or downlinks, or as a result of an impairment of a satellite. Currently, there are a limited number of communications satellites available for the transmission of programming. If a disruption occurs, TV One may not be able to secure alternate distribution facilities in a timely manner. Failure to secure alternate distribution facilities in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on TV One’s businesses and results of operations. In addition, TV One uses studio and transmitter facilities that are subject to damage or destruction. Failure to restore such facilities in a timely manner could have a material adverse effect on TV One’s businesses and results of operations.

TV One’s operating results are subject to seasonal variations and other factors.

TV One’s business has experienced and is expected to continue to experience seasonality due to, among other things, seasonal advertising patterns and seasonal influences on people’s viewing habits. Typically, TV One revenue from advertising increases in the fourth quarter. In addition, advertising revenues in even-numbered years benefit from advertising placed by candidates for political offices. The effects of such seasonality make it difficult to estimate future operating results based on the previous results of any specific quarter and may adversely affect operating results.

35

Economic conditions may adversely affect TV One’s businesses and customers.

The United States continues to experience sluggishness and volatility in its economy. These factors could lead to lower consumer and business spending for TV One’s products and services, particularly if customers, including advertisers, subscribers, licensees, retailers, and other consumers of TV One’s offerings and services, reduce demands for TV One’s products and services. In addition, in unfavorable economic environments, TV One’s customers may have difficulties obtaining capital at adequate or historical levels to finance their ongoing business and operations and may face insolvency, all of which could impair their ability to make timely payments and continue operations. TV One is unable to predict the duration and severity of weakened economic conditions and such conditions and resultant effects could adversely impact TV One’s businesses, operating results, and financial condition.

Increased programming and content costs may adversely affect TV One’s profits.

TV One produces and acquires programming (including motion pictures) and content and incurs costs for all types of creative talent, including actors, authors, writers and producers as well as marketing and distribution. An increase in any of these costs may lead to decreased profitability.

Piracy of TV One’s programming and other content, including digital and internet piracy, may decrease revenue received from the exploitation of TV One’s programming and other content and adversely affect its businesses and profitability.

Piracy of programming is prevalent in many parts of the world and is made easier by the availability of digital copies of content and technological advances allowing conversion of such programming and other content into digital formats, which facilitates the creation, transmission and sharing of high quality unauthorized copies of TV One’s content. The proliferation of unauthorized copies and piracy of these products has an adverse effect on TV One’s businesses and profitability because these products reduce the revenue that TV One potentially could receive from the legitimate sale and distribution of its products and services. In addition, if piracy were to increase, it would have an adverse effect on TV One’s businesses and profitability.

Changes in U.S. communications laws or other regulations may have an adverse effect on TV One’s business.

The television and distribution industries in the United States are highly regulated by U.S. federal laws and regulations issued and administered by various federal agencies, including the FCC. The television broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. The U.S. Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations, and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation of TV One. For example, the FCC has initiated a proceeding to examine and potentially regulate more closely embedded advertising such as product placement and product integration. Enhanced restrictions affecting these means of delivering advertising messages may adversely affect TV One’s advertising revenues. Changes to the media ownership and other FCC rules may affect the competitive landscape in ways that could increase the competition faced by TV One. Proposals have also been advanced from time to time before the U.S. Congress and the FCC to extend the program access rules (currently applicable only to those cable program services which also own or are owned by cable distribution systems) to all cable program services. TV One’s ability to obtain the most favorable terms available for its content could be adversely affected should such an extension be enacted into law. TV One is unable to predict the effect that any such laws, regulations or policies may have on its operations.

Vigorous enforcement or enhancement of FCC indecency and other program content rules against the broadcast and cable industries could have an adverse effect on TV One’s businesses and results of operations.

The FCC has in the past vigorously enforced its indecency rules against the broadcast industry. See “Risks Related to Regulation — Increased enforcement by the FCC of its indecency rules against the broadcast industry could adversely affect our business operations.” Some policymakers support the extension of the indecency rules that are applicable to over-the-air broadcasters to cover cable programming and/or attempts to increase enforcement of or otherwise expand existing laws and rules. If such an extension, attempt to increase enforcement or other expansion took place and was found to be constitutional, some of TV One’s content could be subject to additional regulation and might not be able to attract the same subscription and viewership levels.

36

Our President and Chief Executive Officer has an interest in TV One that may conflict with your interests.

We have an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III. The employment agreement provides, among other things, that in recognition of Mr. Liggins’ contributions in founding TV One on our behalf, he is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess of the return of our aggregate investment in TV One. Our obligation to pay the award will be triggered only after our recovery of the aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to our membership interest in TV One. Mr. Liggins’ rights to the TV One Award (i) cease if he is terminated for cause or he resigns without good reason and (ii) expire at the termination of his employment agreement (but similar rights could be included in the terms of a new employment agreement). As a result of this arrangement, the interest of Mr. Liggins’ with respect to TV One may conflict with your interests as holders of our debt or equity securities. For example, Mr. Liggins may seek to have Radio One acquire additional equity interests in TV One using cash generated from operations or additional borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility or have TV One itself pursue acquisitions, joint ventures, financings or other transactions that, in his judgment, could increase the amount of the TV One Award by increasing the amount of our investment in TV One or enhancing the equity value of TV One, even though such transactions might involve risks to holders of our equity or debt securities.

Risks Related to our Substantial Indebtedness 

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.

We have substantial indebtedness.  As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $815.6 million of total indebtedness.  In addition, subject to restrictions in our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes, we may incur additional indebtedness.  Our high level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

· it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our senior credit facility and other indebtedness;

· our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired;

· we must use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness, which may reduce the funds available to us for other purposes, such as capital expenditures;

· we may be limited in our ability to borrow additional funds;

· we may have a higher level of indebtedness than some of our competitors, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage and reduce our flexibility in planning for, or responding to, changing conditions in our industry, including increased competition; and

· we are more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse developments in our business.

We expect to fund our expenses and to pay the principal and interest on our notes, our senior credit facility and other debt from cash flow from our operations, including via distributions that may be made by TV One.  Our ability to meet our expenses thus depends on our future performance, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors.  We will not be able to control many of these factors, such as economic conditions in the markets where we operate and pressure from competitors.  Further, as noted below, TV One recently incurred substantial indebtedness.  Our cash flow may not be sufficient to allow us to pay principal and interest on our debt and meet our other obligations.  If we do not have enough liquidity, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets or borrow more money.  We may not be able to do so on terms acceptable to us, if at all.  In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our senior credit facility and the indenture governing our notes may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives. 

37

Our failure to comply with restrictive covenants contained in our senior credit facility or the indentures governing our notes could lead to an event of default under such instruments.

Our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes impose significant covenants on us.  The agreement governing our senior credit facility also requires us to achieve specified financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios.  Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.  Our breach of any restrictive covenants in the agreement governing our senior credit facility or the indentures governing our notes or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under the agreement governing our senior credit facility.  If a default occurs, the lenders under our senior credit facility may elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with all accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable which would result in an event of default under our notes.  The lenders would also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings.  If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under our senior credit facility will also have the right to proceed against our collateral, including our available cash and owned real property, granted to them to secure the indebtedness.  If the indebtedness under our senior credit facility or our notes were to be accelerated, we cannot assure that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full that indebtedness and our other indebtedness. 

Despite current anticipated indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we may incur additional indebtedness in the future.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness, including additional secured or unsecured indebtedness.  Although our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.  If we or our subsidiaries incur additional indebtedness which is permitted under these agreements, the risks that we and they now face as a result of our leverage could intensify.  If our financial condition or operating results deteriorate, our relations with our creditors, including the holders of our notes, the lenders under our senior credit facility and our suppliers, may be materially and adversely affected.

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including our senior credit facility and notes, and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our notes, on or before the maturity thereof, reduce or delay capital investments or seek to raise additional capital, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.  In addition, we may not be able to affect any of these actions, if necessary, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.  Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including our notes, will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time.  Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.  The terms of existing or future debt instruments, including the indentures governing our notes offered hereby, may limit or prevent us from taking any of these actions.  In addition, any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.  Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance or restructure our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or at all, would have an adverse effect, which could be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations in respect of our notes.

38

Restrictive covenants in our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes may limit our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to pursue our business strategies.

Our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes contain, and instruments governing any future indebtedness of ours may contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to take actions that we believe may be in our interest.  Our senior credit facility and the indentures governing our notes, among other things, limit our ability to: 

· incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

· pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock or prepay or redeem certain indebtedness;

· sell assets and issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

· incur liens;

· enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;

· enter into transactions with affiliates;

· engage in new lines of business;

· consolidate, merge or sell our assets;

· make investments; and

· engage in certain intercompany matters.

Also, the senior credit facility requires us to maintain compliance with certain financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure that we will meet these ratios.

The restrictions contained in our senior credit facility and in the indentures governing our notes could adversely affect our ability to:  

· finance our operations;

· make needed capital expenditures;

· make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into alliances;

· withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general;

· engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest; and

· plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.

A breach of any of the restrictive covenants could, or our inability to comply with the maintenance financial covenants would, result in an event of default under our senior credit facility.   If, when required, we are unable to repay or refinance our indebtedness under, or amend the covenants contained in, our senior credit facility, or if a default otherwise occurs that is not cured or waived, the lenders under the senior credit facility could elect to declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable or institute foreclosure proceedings against those assets that secure the borrowings under our senior credit facility.  Should the outstanding obligations under our senior credit facility be accelerated and become due and payable because of our failure to comply with the applicable debt covenants in the future, we would be required to search for alternative measures to finance current and ongoing obligations of our business.  There can be no assurance that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all.  Our ability to obtain future financing or to sell assets could be adversely affected because a very large majority of our assets have been secured as collateral under our senior credit facility.  In addition, our financial results, our substantial indebtedness and our credit ratings could adversely affect the availability and terms of our financing.  In addition, there are other situations (including certain changes in the ownership and voting interest in Radio One of our Chairperson and the CEO) where our debt may be accelerated and we may be unable to repay such debt.  Any of these scenarios could adversely impact our liquidity and results of operations.

39

Our ability to meet our obligations under our debt, in part, depends on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance or repay funds to us.

We conduct a significant portion of our business operations through our subsidiaries and joint ventures. In servicing payments to be made on our indebtedness, we will rely, in part, on cash flows from these subsidiaries and joint ventures, mainly dividend payments.  The ability of these subsidiaries and joint ventures to make dividend payments to our Company will be affected by, among other factors, the obligations of these entities to their creditors (including TV One’s creditors), requirements of corporate and other law, and restrictions contained in agreements entered into by or relating to these entities.  For example, the joint venture agreement (and related agreements) that created and governs TV One contains certain limited conditions under which distributions may be made.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None. 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios and transmitter/antenna sites. Our other media properties, such as Interactive One, generally only require office space.  We typically lease our studio and office space with lease terms ranging from five to 10 years in length. A station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in business districts. We generally consider our facilities to be suitable and of adequate size for our current and intended purposes. We lease a majority of our main transmitter/antenna sites and associated broadcast towers and, when negotiating a lease for such sites, we try to obtain a lengthy lease term with options to renew. In general, we do not anticipate difficulties in renewing facility or transmitter/antenna site leases, or in leasing additional space or sites, if required.

We own substantially all of our equipment, consisting principally of transmitting antennae, transmitters, studio equipment and general office equipment. The towers, antennae and other transmission equipment used by our stations are generally in good condition, although opportunities to upgrade facilities are periodically reviewed. The tangible personal property owned by us and the real property owned or leased by us are subject to security interests under our senior credit facility.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Legal Proceedings

Radio One is involved from time to time in various routine legal and administrative proceedings and threatened legal and administrative proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of our business. Radio One believes the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4.  REMOVED AND RESERVED

40

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Price Range of Our Class A and Class D Common Stock

Our Class A voting common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “ROIA.” The following table presents, for the quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our Class A Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ.

	High		Low
2013
First Quarter	$	1.92	$	0.77
Second Quarter	$	2.55	$	1.50
Third Quarter	$	2.74	$	2.08
Fourth Quarter	$	3.80	$	2.68
2012
First Quarter	$	1.25	$	0.91
Second Quarter	$	1.23	$	0.90
Third Quarter	$	0.97	$	0.71
Fourth Quarter	$	0.93	$	0.70

Our Class D non-voting common stock is traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “ROIAK.” The following table presents, for the quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our Class D Common Stock as reported on the NASDAQ.

	High		Low
2013
First Quarter	$	1.85	$	0.75
Second Quarter	$	2.53	$	1.45
Third Quarter	$	2.70	$	2.10
Fourth Quarter	$	3.79	$	2.73
2012
First Quarter	$	1.22	$	0.93
Second Quarter	$	1.22	$	0.88
Third Quarter	$	0.98	$	0.73
Fourth Quarter	$	0.87	$	0.70

41

STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

Stockholder performance graph (Class A shares)

Performance since December 31, 2007

Source: Capital IQ, Factiva

Note 1 - Peer group includes Emmis Communications Corp., Entercom Communications Corp., Saga Communications Inc., Cumulus Media Inc. and Salem Communications Corp.

42

STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPHS

Stockholder performance graph (Class D shares)

Performance since December 31, 2007 

Source: Capital IQ, Factiva

Note 1 - Peer group includes Emmis Communications Corp., Entercom Communications Corp., Saga Communications Inc., Cumulus Media Inc. and Salem Communications Corp.

43

Dividends

Since first selling our common stock publicly in May 1999, we have not declared any cash dividends on any class of our common stock. We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash or stock dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, any determination to declare and pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of our earnings, financial position, capital requirements, contractual restrictions contained in our credit facility and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes, and other factors as the board of directors deems relevant.  (See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 11 of our consolidated financial statements — Long-Term Debt.)

Number of Stockholders

Based upon a survey of record holders and a review of our stock transfer records, as of March 14, 2014, there were approximately 1,701 holders of Radio One’s Class A Common Stock, two holders of Radio One’s Class B Common Stock, three holders of Radio One’s Class C Common Stock, and approximately 2,105 holders of Radio One’s Class D Common Stock.

44

 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table contains selected historical consolidated financial data with respect to Radio One.  The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements of Radio One included elsewhere in this report.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011		2010			2009
	(In thousands, except share data)
Statements of Operations (1):
Net revenue	$	448,700	$	424,573		$	364,297	$	279,478		$	271,599
Programming and technical expenses including stock-based compensation		138,021		135,974			115,106		74,836			75,424
Selling, general and administrative expenses including stock-based compensation		145,261		137,843			126,513		103,191			90,871
Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses including stock-based compensation		39,700		40,457			37,850		32,922			24,729
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777			37,142		17,439			21,011
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313			22,331		36,063			65,937
Operating income (loss)		72,968		71,209			25,355		15,027			(6,373)
Interest expense (2)		88,951		90,549			87,766		46,707			38,404
Gain on investment of affiliated company		—		—			146,879		—			—
(Loss) gain on retirement of debt		—		—			(7,743)		6,646			1,221
Equity in income of affiliated company		—		—			3,287		5,558			3,653
Other income (expense), net		307		(1,357)			(324)		(3,061)			40
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and discontinued operations		(15,676)		(20,697)			79,688		(22,537)			(39,863)
Provision for income taxes		28,719		33,235			66,686		3,971			7,014
(Loss) income from continuing operations		(44,395)		(53,932)			13,002		(26,508)			(46,877)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		885		(184)			(99)		(117)			(1,681)
Consolidated net (loss) income		(43,510)		(54,116)			12,903		(26,625)			(48,558)
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries		18,471		12,749			10,014		2,008			4,329
Consolidated net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders	$	(61,981)	$	(66,865)		$	2,889	$	(28,633)		$	(52,887)
Basic net (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(1.30)	$	(1.33)		$	0.06	$	(0.55)		$	(0.86)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		0.02		(0.00)			(0.00)		(0.00)			(0.03)
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders per share	$	(1.28)	$	(1.34)	*	$	0.06	$	(0.56)	*	$	(0.89)
Diluted net (loss) income per common share:
(Loss) income from continuing operations	$	(1.30)	$	(1.33)		$	0.06	$	(0.55)		$	(0.86)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		0.02		(0.00)			(0.00)		(0.00)			(0.03)
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders per share	$	(1.28)	$	(1.34)	*	$	0.06	$	(0.56)	*	$	(0.89)
*Per share amounts do not add due to rounding

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	56,676	$	57,255	$	35,939	$	9,192	$	19,963
Intangible assets, net		1,147,017		1,203,763		1,242,962		837,046		868,120
Total assets		1,414,355		1,460,195		1,486,482		999,212		1,035,542
Total debt (including current portion)		815,635		818,718		808,904		642,222		653,534
Total liabilities		1,117,381		1,092,844		1,055,541		774,242		787,489
Total equity		284,975		354,498		410,598		194,335		195,828

(1) Year-to-year comparisons are significantly affected by Radio One’s acquisitions and dispositions during the periods covered.

(2) Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the accretion of principal, local marketing agreement (“LMA”) fees, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs.

45

The following table contains selected historical consolidated financial data derived from the audited financial statements of Radio One for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
	(In thousands)
Statement of Cash Flows:
Cash flows from (used in):
Operating activities	$	37,029	$	45,447	$	31,606	$	17,836	$	45,443
Investing activities		(6,073)		(8,044)		55,800		(4,664)		(4,871)
Financing activities		(31,535)		(16,087)		(60,659)		(23,943)		(42,898)
Other Data:
Cash interest expense (1)	$	83,612	$	73,307	$	56,072	$	48,805	$	36,568
Capital expenditures		9,194		12,485		9,445		8,753		4,528

(1) Cash interest expense is calculated as interest expense less non-cash interest, including the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs for the indicated period.

46

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this report.

Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2013, consolidated net revenue increased approximately 5.7% compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Given the recent and gradual recovery seen in the advertising environments, we project our 2014 business results will continue to improve and compare more favorably to that of 2013. Our strategy for 2014 will be to continue to: (i) grow market share; (ii) improve audience share in certain markets and improve revenue conversion of strong and stable audience share in certain other markets; and (iii) grow and diversify our revenue by successfully executing our online and cable television strategy, our radio websites and our other internet properties.

The weakened economy, competition from digital audio players, the internet, cable television and satellite radio, among other new media outlets, streaming on the internet, and consumers’ increased focus on mobile applications, are some of the reasons the radio industry has seen such slow or negative growth over the past few years. In addition to overall cutbacks, advertisers continue to shift their advertising budgets away from traditional media such as newspapers, broadcast television and radio to these new media outlets. Internet companies have evolved from being large sources of advertising revenue for radio companies in the late-1990s to being significant competitors for radio advertising dollars. While these dynamics present significant challenges for companies that are highly dependent on the radio industry, through our online properties, which includes our radio websites, Interactive One and other online verticals, as well as our cable television business, we are well poised to provide advertisers and creators of content with a multifaceted way to reach African-American consumers.

Results of Operations

Revenue

Within our core radio business, we primarily derive revenue from the sale of advertising time and program sponsorships to local and national advertisers on our radio stations. Advertising revenue is affected primarily by the advertising rates our radio stations are able to charge, as well as the overall demand for radio advertising time in a market. These rates are largely based upon a radio station’s audience share in the demographic groups targeted by advertisers, the number of radio stations in the related market, and the supply of, and demand for, radio advertising time. Advertising rates are generally highest during morning and afternoon commuting hours. The following chart shows net revenue generated from our core radio business as a percentage of consolidated net revenue.In addition, it shows the percentages generated from local and national advertising as a subset of net revenue from our core radio business.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Net revenue generated from core radio business, excluding Reach Media, as a percentage of consolidated net revenue	50.2	%	56.4	%	51.8	%
Net revenue from core radio business: percentage generated from local advertising	65.9	%	69.0	%	68.7	%
Net revenue from core radio business: percentage generated from national advertising, including network advertising	30.4	%	28.0	%	27.7	%

Our Reach Media segment generated approximately 12.6%, 13.0% and 16.4% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. National advertising also includes advertising revenue generated from our internet segment. The balance of net revenue from our radio segment was generated from tower rental income, ticket sales and revenue related to our sponsored events, management fees and other revenue. Our cable television segment generated approximately 33.3% and 30.9% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our cable television segment generated approximately 23.6% of our total revenue for the period April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

47

In the broadcasting industry, radio stations and television stations often utilize trade or barter agreements to reduce cash expenses by exchanging advertising time for goods or services. In order to maximize cash revenue for our spot inventory, we closely monitor the use of trade and barter agreements.

Interactive One derives its revenue principally from advertising services, including diversity recruiting advertising. Advertising services include the sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements. Advertising revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times advertisements appear in viewed pages)  are delivered, when “click through” purchases are made or leads are generated, or ratably over the contract period, where applicable. In addition, Interactive One derives revenue from its studio operations, which provide top-tier third-party clients with digital platforms and expertise.  In the case of the studio operations, revenue is recognized primarily based on fixed contractual monthly fees or as a share of the third party’s reported revenue.

TV One generates the Company’s cable television revenue, and derives its revenue principally from advertising and affiliate revenue. Advertising revenue is derived from the sale of television air time to advertisers and is recognized when the advertisements are run. TV One also receives affiliate fees and records revenue during the term of various affiliation agreements at levels appropriate for the most recent subscriber counts reported by the applicable affiliate.

In February 2005, Radio One, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Radio One Media Holdings, LLC (“ROMH”), acquired 51% of the common stock of Reach Media, which operates The Tom Joyner Morning Show and related businesses, The Rickey Smiley Morning Show, The Russ Parr Morning Show, The Yolanda Adams Morning Show, The James Fortune Show, and The Al Sharpton Show.  Mr. Joyner is a leading nationally syndicated radio personality. As of December 31, 2013, The Tom Joyner Morning Show was broadcast on 97 affiliate stations across the United States and is a top-rated morning show in many of the markets in which it is broadcast. Reach Media also operates www.BlackAmericaWeb.com, an African-American targeted website, websites for the syndicated talent, online streaming and mobile applications and also operates the Tom Joyner Family Reunion and various other special event-related activities.  In December 2009, we increased our ownership interest to 53.5% when Reach Media reacquired a noncontrolling interest from an unrelated third party. On December 31, 2012, ROMH further increased its ownership interest in Reach Media from 53.5% to 80% by purchasing additional shares from certain minority shareholders. Immediately after increasing ROMH’s ownership in Reach Media to 80%, we consolidated our syndication operations within Reach Media to leverage that platform to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In connection with the consolidation, we contributed our syndicated programming assets and operations and combined our sales function associated with this programming with Reach Media. Segment data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

Expenses

Our significant expenses are: (i) employee salaries and commissions; (ii) programming expenses; (iii) marketing and promotional expenses; (iv) rental of premises for office facilities and studios; (v) rental of transmission tower space; (vi) music license royalty fees; and (vii)  content amortization. We strive to control these expenses by centralizing certain functions such as finance, accounting, legal, human resources and management information systems and, in certain markets, the programming management function. We also use our multiple stations, market presence and purchasing power to negotiate favorable rates with certain vendors and national representative selling agencies. In addition to salaries and commissions, major expenses for our internet business include membership traffic acquisition costs, software product design, post application software development and maintenance, database and server support costs, the help desk function, data center expenses connected with internet service provider (“ISP”)  hosting services and other internet content delivery expenses. Major expenses for our cable television business include content acquisition and amortization, sales and marketing.

We generally incur marketing and promotional expenses to increase our audiences. However, because Arbitron reports ratings either monthly or quarterly, depending on the particular market, any changed ratings and the effect on advertising revenue tends to lag behind both the reporting of the ratings and the incurrence of advertising and promotional expenditures.

48

Measurement of Performance

We monitor and evaluate the growth and operational performance of our business using net income and the following key metrics:

(a)  Net revenue:  The performance of an individual radio station or group of radio stations in a particular market is customarily measured by its ability to generate net revenue. Net revenue consists of gross revenue, net of local and national agency and outside sales representative commissions consistent with industry practice. Net revenue is recognized in the period in which advertisements are broadcast. Net revenue also includes advertising aired in exchange for goods and services, which is recorded at fair value, revenue from sponsored events and other revenue. Net revenue is recognized for our online business as impressions are delivered, as “click throughs” are made or ratably over contract periods, where applicable. Net revenue is recognized for our cable television business as advertisements are run, and during the term of the affiliation agreements at levels appropriate for the most recent subscriber counts reported by the affiliate.

(b) Station operating income:  Net income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, income taxes, interest (income) expense, noncontrolling interests’ income, other (income) expense, corporate expenses, stock-based compensation expenses, impairment of long-lived assets and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, is commonly referred to in our industry as station operating income. Station operating income is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Nevertheless, station operating income is a significant basis used by our management to measure the operating performance of our stations within the various markets. Station operating income provides helpful information about our results of operations, apart from expenses associated with our fixed and long-lived intangible assets, income taxes, investments, impairment charges, debt financings and retirements, corporate overhead, stock-based compensation and discontinued operations. Our measure of station operating income may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies as our definition includes the results of all four of our operating segments (Radio Broadcasting, Reach Media, Internet and Cable Television). Station operating income does not represent operating loss or cash flow from operating activities, as those terms are defined under GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to those measurements as an indicator of our performance.

(c)  Station operating income margin:  Station operating income margin represents station operating income as a percentage of net revenue. Station operating income margin is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP. Nevertheless, we believe that station operating income margin is a useful measure of our performance because it provides helpful information about our profitability as a percentage of our net revenue. Station operating margin include results from all four segments (Radio Broadcasting, Reach Media, Internet and Cable Television).

(d) Adjusted EBITDA:   Adjusted EBITDA consists of net (loss) income plus (1) depreciation and amortization, income taxes, interest expense, noncontrolling interest in income of subsidiaries, impairment of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation, income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, less (2) other income and interest income. Net income before interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization is commonly referred to in our business as “EBITDA.” Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is often a useful measure of a company’s operating performance and is a significant basis used by our management to measure the operating performance of our business because Adjusted EBITDA excludes charges for depreciation, amortization and interest expense that have resulted from our acquisitions and debt financing, our taxes, impairment charges, as well as our equity in (income) loss of our affiliated company, gain on retirements of debt, and any discontinued operations. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about the operating performance of our business, apart from the expenses associated with our fixed assets and long-lived intangible assets, capital structure or the results of our affiliated company. Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used as one of the bases for comparing businesses in our industry, although our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies as our definition includes the results of all four of our operating segments (Radio Broadcasting, Reach Media, Internet and Cable Television). Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA do not purport to represent operating income or cash flow from operating activities, as those terms are defined under generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be considered as alternatives to those measurements as an indicator of our performance.

49

Summary of Performance

The table below provides a summary of our performance based on the metrics described above:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(In thousands, except margin data)
Net revenue	$	448,700		$	424,573		$	364,297
Station operating income		165,461			150,823			123,670
Station operating income margin		36.9	%		35.5	%		33.9	%
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders		(61,981)			(66,865)			2,889

The reconciliation of net (loss) income to station operating income is as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders, as reported	$	(61,981)	$	(66,865)	$	2,889
Add back non-station operating income items included in net (loss) income:
Interest income		(245)		(248)		(354)
Interest expense		89,196		90,797		88,120
Provision for income taxes		28,719		33,235		66,686
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation		39,552		40,353		33,696
Stock-based compensation		191		171		5,146
Equity in income of affiliated company		—		—		(3,287)
Gain on investment in affiliated company		—		—		(146,879)
Loss on retirement of debt		—		—		7,743
Other (income) expense, net		(307)		1,357		324
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777		37,142
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries		18,471		12,749		10,014
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313		22,331
(Income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(885)		184		99
Station operating income	$	165,461	$	150,823	$	123,670

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:
Consolidated net (loss) income applicable to common stockholders, as reported	$	(61,981)	$	(66,865)	$	2,889
Interest income		(245)		(248)		(354)
Interest expense		89,196		90,797		88,120
Provision for income taxes		28,719		33,235		66,686
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777		37,142
EBITDA	$	93,559	$	95,696	$	194,483
Stock-based compensation		191		171		5,146
Gain on investment in affiliated company		—		—		(146,879)
Loss on retirement of debt		—		—		7,743
Equity in income of affiliated company		—		—		(3,287)
Other (income) expense, net		(307)		1,357		324
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries		18,471		12,749		10,014
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313		22,331
(Income ) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(885)		184		99
Adjusted EBITDA	$	125,909	$	110,470	$	89,974

Effective April 14, 2011, the Company began to consolidate the operating results of TV One in its financial statements. Those amounts are included in the tables above.

Note: We have renegotiated terms of our remaining Boston radio station LMA, and, as the station will not be disposed of until the end of 2016,that station’s results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, have been reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

50

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes our historical consolidated results of operations:

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012 (In thousands)

	For the Years Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
	2013		2012
Statements of Operations:
Net revenue	$	448,700	$	424,573	$	24,127	5.7	%
Operating expenses:
Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation		138,021		135,974		2,047	1.5
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation		145,218		137,776		7,442	5.4
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation		39,552		40,353		(801)	(2.0)
Stock-based compensation		191		171		20	11.7
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777		(907)	(2.3)
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313		14,567	*
Total operating expenses		375,732		353,364		22,368	6.3
Operating income		72,968		71,209		1,759	2.5
Interest income		245		248		(3)	(1.2)
Interest expense		89,196		90,797		(1,601)	(1.8)
Other (income) expense, net		(307)		1,357		1,664	122.6
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and (income) loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(15,676)		(20,697)		5,021	24.3
Provision for income taxes		28,719		33,235		(4,516)	(13.6)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations		(44,395)		(53,932)		9,537	17.7
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		885		(184)		1,069	581.0
Net (loss) income		(43,510)		(54,116)		10,606	19.6
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries		18,471		12,749		5,722	44.9
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders	$	(61,981)	$	(66,865)	$	4,884	7.3	%

Note: We have renegotiated terms of our remaining Boston radio station LMA, and, as the station will not be disposed of until the end of 2016, that station’s results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, have been reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

* Not meaningful 

51

Net revenue

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	448,700	$	424,573	$	24,127	5.7	%

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized approximately $448.7 million in net revenue compared to approximately $424.6 million during the same period in 2012. For our radio broadcasting and Reach Media segments, these amounts are net of agency and outside sales representative commissions. Net revenue for our combined radio broadcasting and Reach Media segments increased 0.3% over the same period in 2012. For our radio business, based on reports prepared by the independent accounting firm Miller, Kaplan, Arase & Co., LLP (“Miller Kaplan”), the markets we operate in (excluding Richmond which no longer participates in Miller Kaplan) decreased 0.7% in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, made up of a decrease of 1.9% in national revenues, a decrease of 1.4% in local revenues and an increase of 15.6% in digital revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we outperformed the markets in which we operate by 110 basis points. Net revenue growth for our radio stations was led by our Atlanta, Baltimore, Charlotte, Houston and St. Louis clusters, while our Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dallas, Detroit, Indianapolis, Philadelphia, Raleigh, Richmond and Washington D.C. clusters experienced declines. We recognized approximately $149.5 million and $131.2 million of revenue from our cable television segment during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the increase was due primarily from an increase in advertising sales. Our internet business generated approximately $25.6 million in net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $19.9 million during the same period in 2012, an increase of 29.1%, due to growth in advertising and studio services, where Interactive One provides services to other publishers. 

Operating expenses

Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	138,021	$	135,974	$	2,047	1.5	%

Programming and technical expenses include expenses associated with on-air talent and the management and maintenance of the systems, tower facilities, and studios used in the creation, distribution and broadcast of programming content on our radio stations. Programming and technical expenses for radio also include expenses associated with our programming research activities and music royalties. For our internet business, programming and technical expenses include software product design, post-application software development and maintenance, database and server support costs, the help desk function, data center expenses connected with ISP hosting services and other internet content delivery expenses. For our cable television segment, programming and technical expenses include expenses associated with the technical, programming, production, and content management. Approximately $61.0 million of our consolidated programming and technical operating expenses were incurred by TV One for the year ended December 31, 2013, versus approximately $58.1 million for the same period in 2012. Of this total amount incurred by TV One, approximately $51.8 million and $47.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, relates specifically to content amortization. The increase in TV One content amortization is a result of an increased investment in original programming as well as accelerated amortization on certain programming genre. In the cable television segment, this increase was offset partially by lower program development, less travel and entertainment expenses and lower website design costs incurred during 2013.

52

Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	145,218	$	137,776	$	7,442	5.4	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses associated with our sales departments, offices and facilities and personnel (outside of our corporate headquarters), marketing and promotional expenses, special events and sponsorships and back office expenses. Expenses to secure ratings data for our radio stations and visitors’ data for our websites are also included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for the radio broadcasting segment and internet segment include expenses related to the advertising traffic (scheduling and insertion) functions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include membership traffic acquisition costs for our online business. Approximately $30.8 million of our consolidated selling, general and administrative operating expenses were incurred by TV One for the year ended December 31, 2013, versus approximately $24.8 million for the same period in 2012. TV One incurred higher selling, general and administrative expenses related to higher marketing and promotional expenses to advertise and promote various TV One shows. Our internet business incurred higher research, web services fees and traffic acquisition costs during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012, resulting in an increase of approximately $1.5 million. Expenses for our Reach Media segment increased approximately $2.1 million, of which $1.0 million of this increase related to expenses associated with the “Tom Joyner Fantastic Voyage”.  This $1.0 million increase in expenses was offset by a $1.1 million increase in revenue for the same event. Finally, selling, general and administrative expenses at our radio broadcasting segment decreased approximately $3.3 million primarily related to lower compensation costs.

 

Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	39,552	$	40,353	$	(801)	(2.0)	%

Corporate expenses consist of expenses associated with our corporate headquarters and facilities, including personnel as well as other corporate overhead functions. The overall decrease in corporate expenses at is primarily related to lower employee compensation costs in connection with reduced headcount levels.

Depreciation and amortization

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	37,870	$	38,777	$	(907)	(2.3)	%

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased to approximately $37.9 million compared to approximately $38.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, a decrease of 2.3%. The decrease was due to the completion of amortization for certain intangible assets and the completion of useful lives for certain assets.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	14,880	$	313	$	14,567	*	%

The impairment of long-lived assets for the year ended December 31, 2013, was related to a non-cash impairment charge recorded to reduce the carrying value of our Boston, Cincinnati, Cleveland and Philadelphia radio broadcasting licenses. The impairment of long-lived assets for the year ended December 31, 2012, was related to a non-cash impairment charge recorded to reduce the carrying value of our Charlotte radio broadcasting licenses.

53

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	89,196	$	90,797	$	(1,601)	(1.8)	%

Interest expense decreased to approximately $89.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $90.8 million for the same period in 2012. The primary driver of the decrease was that through May 14, 2012, interest on the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes was payable at our election at an all-inclusive rate of 15%, partially in cash and partially through the issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes (a “PIK Election”)  on a quarterly basis. The PIK Election expired on May 14, 2012, and interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012, accrues at a rate of 12¹/₂% and is payable in cash.

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	28,719	$	33,235	$	(4,516)	(13.6)	%

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the provision for income taxes decreased to approximately $28.7 million compared to approximately $33.2 million for the same period in 2012, primarily due to the impairment of long-lived assets during the year. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the income tax provision consisted of deferred tax expense of approximately $27.3 million related to temporary differences due to tax amortization of indefinite-lived intangible assets, and current provision expense of approximately $1.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the income tax provision consisted of deferred tax expense of approximately $34.5 million related to temporary differences due to tax amortization of indefinite-lived intangible assets, and current provision benefits of $709,000 and $579,000 related to uncertain tax positions and Reach Media, respectively. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance for its net deferred tax assets (“DTAs”). We do not consider deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) related to indefinite-lived assets in evaluating the realizability of our DTAs, as the timing of their reversal cannot be determined.

The tax provision and offsetting valuation allowance resulted in an effective tax rate of (183.2)% and (160.6)% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The annual effective tax rate for Radio One in 2013 and 2012 primarily reflects the change in DTLs associated with the tax amortization of indefinite-lived intangibles.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	885	$	(184)	$	1,069	581.0	%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes the results of operations for our Columbus, Ohio radio station, WJKR-FM (The Jack, 98.9 FM). The activity for the year ended December 31, 2013, resulted primarily from the sale of this station in February 2013, which resulted in a one-time gain of $893,000.

Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2013		2012
$	18,471	$	12,749	$	5,722	44.9	%

The increase in noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries is due primarily to greater net income generated by TV One and Reach Media during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the same period in 2012.

Other Data

Station operating income

Station operating income increased to approximately $165.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $150.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of approximately $14.6 million or 9.7%. This increase was primarily due to TV One generating approximately $57.7 million of station operating income during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to approximately $48.3 million during the same period in 2012 with the increase due to a larger number of subscribers as well as organic growth. Reach Media generated approximately $10.3 million of station operating income during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $9.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Station operating income margin

Station operating income margin increased to 36.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 35.5% for the comparable period in 2012. The margin increase was primarily attributable to Reach Media and TV One’s greater station operating margin.Reach Media’s station operating margin increased from 16.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 18.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013.TV One’s station operating margin increased from 36.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 38.6% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

54

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table summarizes our historical consolidated results of operations:

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011 (In thousands)

	For the Years Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
	2012		2011
Statements of Operations:
Net revenue	$	424,573	$	364,297	$	60,276	16.5	%
Operating expenses:
Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation		135,974		115,106		20,868	18.1
Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation		137,776		125,521		12,255	9.8
Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation		40,353		33,696		6,657	19.8
Stock-based compensation		171		5,146		(4,975)	(96.7)
Depreciation and amortization		38,777		37,142		1,635	4.4
Impairment of long-lived assets		313		22,331		(22,018)	(98.6)
Total operating expenses		353,364		338,942		14,422	4.3
Operating income		71,209		25,355		45,854	180.8
Interest income		248		354		(106)	(29.9)
Interest expense		90,797		88,120		2,677	3.0
Gain on investment in affiliated company		—		146,879		(146,879)	(100.0)
Loss on retirement of debt		—		7,743		(7,743)	(100.0)
Equity in income of affiliated company		—		3,287		(3,287)	(100.0)
Other expense, net		1,357		324		1,033	318.8
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(20,697)		79,688		(100,385)	(126.0)
Provision for income taxes		33,235		66,686		(33,451)	(50.2)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations		(53,932)		13,002		(66,934)	(514.8)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax		(184)		(99)		(85)	(85.9)
Net (loss) income		(54,116)		12,903		(67,019)	(519.4)
Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries		12,749		10,014		2,735	27.3
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders	$	(66,865)	$	2,889	$	(69,754)	(2,414.5)	%

Note: We have renegotiated terms of our remaining Boston radio station LMA, and, as the station will not be disposed of until the end of 2016, that station’s results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, have been reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations in the consolidated financial statements.

55

Net revenue

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	424,573	$	364,297	$	60,276	16.5	%

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recognized approximately $424.6 million in net revenue compared to approximately $364.3 million during the same period in 2011. These amounts are net of agency and outside sales representative commissions. We began to consolidate the results of TV One during the quarter ended June 30, 2011, and recognized approximately $86.0 million of revenue from our cable television segment during the period ended April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011. We recognized approximately $131.2 million of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012 from our cable television segment. Our internet business generated approximately $19.9 million in net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to approximately $17.5 million during the same period in 2011, an increase of 13.3%. Net revenue for our radio broadcasting segment increased 6.9%. For our radio business, based on reports prepared by Miller Kaplan, the markets we operate in increased 0.5% in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012, made up of an increase of 0.3% in national revenues, an increase of 0.3% in local revenues and an increase of 10.1% in digital revenues. Net revenue growth for our radio stations was led by our Atlanta, Baltimore, Charlotte, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dallas, Detroit, Indianapolis, Raleigh, Richmond and Washington D.C. clusters, while our Houston, Philadelphia and St. Louis clusters experienced declines. Reach Media net revenue decreased 7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011 partially due to changes to certain of Reach Media’s affiliate agreements that became effective on January 1, 2012, as well as lower than expected sponsorships associated with certain events.

Operating expenses

Programming and technical, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	135,974	$	115,106	$	20,868	18.1	%

Programming and technical expenses include expenses associated with on-air talent and the management and maintenance of the systems, tower facilities, and studios used in the creation, distribution and broadcast of programming content on our radio stations. Programming and technical expenses for radio also include expenses associated with our programming research activities and music royalties. For our internet business, programming and technical expenses include software product design, post-application software development and maintenance, database and server support costs, the help desk function, data center expenses connected with ISP hosting services and other internet content delivery expenses. For our cable television segment, programming and technical expenses include expenses associated with the technical, programming, production, and content management. Approximately $58.1 million of our consolidated programming and technical operating expenses were incurred by TV One for the year ended December 31, 2012, versus approximately $39.1 million for the period ended April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011. Of this total amount incurred by TV One, approximately $47.3 million and $31.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, relates specifically to content amortization. The increase in TV One content amortization is a result of an increased investment in original programming as well as accelerated amortization based on programming genre in addition to a full year’s worth of expense for 2012. There were also higher payroll and talent costs incurred in our radio broadcasting and Reach Media segments.

56

Selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	137,776	$	125,521	$	12,255	9.8	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses associated with our sales departments, offices and facilities and personnel (outside of our corporate headquarters), marketing and promotional expenses, special events and sponsorships and back office expenses. Expenses to secure ratings data for our radio stations and visitors’ data for our websites are also included in selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for Radio and our online business include expenses related to the advertising traffic (scheduling and insertion) functions. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include membership traffic acquisition costs for our online business. Approximately $24.8 million of our consolidated selling, general and administrative operating expenses were incurred by TV One for the year ended December 31, 2012, versus approximately $19.0 million for the period from April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011. The increased expense is due to full year consolidation in 2012 versus a partial period in 2011, as well as higher marketing and promotional expenses because of new series that were introduced during 2012. Our internet business incurred approximately $2.2 million in higher traffic acquisition costs during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the same period in 2011. Finally, there were higher payroll and research costs incurred by our radio broadcasting segment.

Corporate selling, general and administrative, excluding stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	40,353	$	33,696	$	6,657	19.8	%

Corporate expenses consist of expenses associated with our corporate headquarters and facilities, including personnel as well as other corporate overhead functions. The increase in corporate expenses was due primarily to higher professional fees, research and bad debt expenses in our cable television segment. In addition, there was a non-cash decrease of approximately $2.5 million in compensation expense for the Chief Executive Officer in connection with the valuation of the potential payment for the TV One award element in his employment Agreement. This decrease was an offset to an increase of approximately $3.2 million associated with corporate bonuses that were earned in 2012. Corporate bonuses had not previously been earned since 2010.

Stock-based compensation

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	171	$	5,146	$	(4,975)	(96.7)	%

Vesting associated with the Company’s long-term incentive plan, whereby officers and certain key employees were granted a total of 3,250,000 shares of restricted stock in January of 2010, was fully completed as of December 31, 2011 and, thus, there was no associated expense in 2012. Stock-based compensation requires measurement of compensation costs for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation expense over the service period for which awards are expected to vest. 

Depreciation and amortization

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	38,777	$	37,142	$	1,635	4.4	%

The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2012, was due primarily to additional depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $5.1 million resulting from the increase in fixed and intangible assets recorded as part of the consolidation of TV One. This increased expense was offset by the completion of amortization for certain intangible assets and the completion of depreciation and amortization for certain assets across our other segments.

57

Impairment of long-lived assets

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	313	$	22,331	$	(22,018)	(98.6)	%

The 2012 impairment was related to a non-cash impairment charge recorded to reduce the carrying value of our Charlotte radio broadcasting licenses. The 2011 goodwill impairment occurred in our Columbus market and other intangible asset impairment occurred in Reach Media. The impairments were driven in part by the economic downturn, slower radio industry and market revenue growth and resulting deteriorating cash flows, declining radio station transaction multiples and a higher cost of capital. The decline in values for long-lived assets such as licenses and other intangible assets was neither unique nor specific to our individual markets, as this trend has impacted the valuations of the radio industry as a whole, and has impacted other broadcast and traditional media companies as well.

Interest expense

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	90,797	$	88,120	$	2,677	3.0	%

The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was due primarily to the consolidation of TV One, including the TV One Notes. TV One’s interest expense increased by approximately $3.5 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in the effective interest rate of the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes. Through May 14, 2012, interest on the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes was payable at our election partially in cash and partially through the issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes (a “PIK Election”) on a quarterly basis. The PIK Election expired on May 14, 2012, and interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012 accrued at a rate of 12¹/₂% and is payable in cash.

Loss on retirement of debt, net

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	—	$	7,743	$	(7,743)	(100.0)	%

The loss on retirement of debt for the year ended December 31, 2011, was due to a charge related to the retirement of the previous credit facility on March 31, 2011.  This amount includes a write-off of approximately $6.5 million of capitalized debt financing costs associated with the previous credit facility and a write-off of approximately $1.2 million associated with the termination of the Company’s interest rate swap agreement.

Gain on investment in affiliated company

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	—	$	146,879	$	(146,879)	(100.0)	%

The gain on investment in affiliated company was a one-time item of approximately $146.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and was due to acquiring the controlling interest in TV One and the accounting impact of consolidating TV One as of April 14, 2011.

58

Equity in income of affiliated company

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	—	$	3,287	$	(3,287)	(100.0)	%

Equity in income of affiliated company primarily reflects our estimated equity in the net income of TV One. The decrease to equity in income of affiliated company for the year ended December 31, 2011, was due to the consolidation of TV One during the quarter ended June 30, 2011. Previously, the Company’s share of the net income was driven by TV One’s then current capital structure and the Company’s percentage ownership of the equity securities of TV One. Beginning on April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis.

Provision for income taxes

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	33,235	$	66,686	$	(33,451)	(50.2)	%

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the provision for income taxes decreased to approximately $33.2 million compared to approximately $66.7 million for the same period in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the income tax provision consisted of deferred taxes of approximately $34.5 million related to temporary differences due to tax amortization of indefinite-lived intangible assets, and current provision benefits of $709,000 and $579,000 related to FIN48 items and Reach Media, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the tax provision consisted of approximately $33.2 million related to temporary differences associated with the amortization for tax purposes of indefinite-lived intangible assets held by Radio One, approximately $33.8 million related to the partnership interest in TV One, approximately $2.5 million due to current taxes for Reach Media, reduced by the deferred tax benefit from the Reach Media impairment of approximately $2.8 million. The Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance for its net DTAs. We do not consider DTLs related to indefinite-lived assets in evaluating the realizability of our DTAs, as the timing of their reversal cannot be determined.

The tax provision and offsetting valuation allowance resulted in an effective tax rate of (160.6)% and 83.6% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The annual effective tax rate for Radio One in 2012 primarily reflects the increase in DTLs associated with the tax amortization of indefinite-lived intangibles.

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	(184)	$	(99)	$	(85)	(85.9)	%

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, includes the results of operations for our Columbus, Ohio radio station, WJKR-FM (The Jack, 98.9 FM).

 Noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries

Year Ended December 31,				Increase/(Decrease)
2012		2011
$	12,749	$	10,014	$	2,735	27.3	%

The increase in noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries is due primarily to greater net income generated by TV One during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to the period April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011. This increase was partially offset by a loss generated by Reach Media during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to income for the same period in 2011.

59

Other Data

Station operating income

Station operating income increased to approximately $150.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to approximately $123.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of approximately $27.1 million or 21.9%. This increase was primarily due to TV One generating approximately $48.3 million of station operating income during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to approximately $27.9 million during the period April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

Station operating income margin

Station operating income margin increased to 35.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 33.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The margin increase was primarily attributable to the impact of consolidating TV One results given TV One’s greater operating margin of 36.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to TV One’s operating margin of 32.5% for the period April 15, 2011 through December 31, 2011.

60

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations and, to the extent necessary, borrowings available under our senior credit facility and other debt or equity financing.

Credit Facilities

Current Credit Facilities

On March 31, 2011, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed $386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under the Company’s previous amended and restated credit agreement and to fund our obligation with respect to a capital call initiated by TV One.  The total amount available under the 2011 Credit Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 million term loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a $25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on March 31, 2015. Borrowings under the credit facilities are subject to compliance with certain covenants including, but not limited to, certain financial covenants. Proceeds from the credit facilities can be used for working capital, capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, its common stock repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect investments and other lawful corporate purposes. On December 19, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2011 Credit Agreement (the “December 2012 Amendment”). The December 2012 Amendment: (i) modifies financial covenant levels with respect to the Company's total-leverage, secured-leverage, and interest-coverage ratios; (ii) increases the amount of cash the Company can net for determination of its net indebtedness tests; and (iii) extends the time for certain of the 2011 Credit Agreement's call premium while reducing the time for its later and lower premium.

The 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, contains affirmative and negative covenants that the Company is required to comply with, including:

(a)   maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:

§ 1.10 to 1.00 on December 31, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;

§ 1.20 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014;

§ 1.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and

§ 1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

(b)   maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no greater than:

§ 4.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;

§ 4.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through June 30, 2014;

§ 4.00 to 1.00 on September  30, 2014;

§ 3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014;

§ 3.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and

§ 2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

(c)   maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:

§ 8.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;

§ 8.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014;

§ 8.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2014;

§ 7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014;

§ 6.50 to 1.00 on March 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and

§ 6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

(d)   limitations on:

§ liens;

§ sale of assets;

§ payment of dividends; and

§ mergers.

61

As of December 31, 2013, ratios calculated in accordance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, are as follows:

	As of
	December			Covenant		Excess
	31, 2013			Limit		Coverage
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Covenant EBITDA (In millions)	$	102.2
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Interest Expense (In millions)	$	71.3
Senior Debt (In millions)	$	341.4
Total Debt (In millions)	$	668.5
Interest Coverage
Covenant EBITDA / Interest Expense		1.43	x	1.10	x	0.33	x
Senior Secured Leverage
Senior Secured Debt / Covenant EBITDA		3.34	x	4.50	x	1.16	x
Total Leverage
Total Debt / Covenant EBITDA		6.54	x	8.50	x	1.96	x
EBITDA - Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

In accordance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, the calculations for the ratios above do not include the operating results or related debt of TV One, but rather include our proportionate share of cash dividends from TV One for periods presented.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended.  

Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, interest on base rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the greater of: (i) the prime rate; (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; or (iii) the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%.  The applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between (i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the term portion of the facility. The average interest rate was 7.5% for 2013. Quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $960,000, of the principal balance on the term loan are payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $24.0 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility. After taking into consideration the financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, approximately $24.0 million was available to be borrowed.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding approximately $373.5 million on its term credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repaid approximately $3.8 million under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended. The original issue discount is being reflected as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt obligation and amortized to interest expense over the term of the credit facility. According to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, there was no term loan principal repayment based on its December 31, 2012 excess cash flow calculation. According to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, the Company anticipates making an excess cash flow payment of between $0 and approximately $2.0 million during April 2014, depending on the level of acceptance by our syndicate of lenders.

62

Senior Subordinated Notes

 On November 24, 2010, we issued $286.8 million of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 (the “12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016”) in a private placement and exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of $101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 8 ⅞% senior subordinated notes due 2011 (the “2011 Notes”) and approximately $199.3 million of $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes that matured in February 2013 (the “2013 Notes” and the 2013 Notes together with the 2011 Notes, the “Prior Notes”).  We entered into supplemental indentures in respect of each of the Prior Notes which waived any and all existing defaults and events of default that had arisen or may have arisen that may be waived and eliminated substantially all of the covenants in each indenture governing the Prior Notes, other than the covenants to pay principal and interest on the Prior Notes when due, and eliminated or modified the related events of default. Subsequently, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes were repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, effective as of December 24, 2010.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding $327.0 million of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016. On February 10, 2014, the Company closed a private offering of $335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2020. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering to repurchase or otherwise redeem all of the amounts outstanding under our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 and to pay the related accrued interest, premium, fees and expenses associated therewith.The Company will realize interest expense savings of approximately $9.9 million per year.The refinancing also provides the Company with significant operational flexibility as it positions itself to take advantage of future opportunities such as its investment in the MGM casino in Prince George’s County, Maryland.

Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has in its past periodic reports, including its most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, included in a footnote to its financial statements, condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, the wholly-owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-wholly owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, consolidating adjustments and the total consolidated amounts. Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has also included in its past periodic reports the stand-alone financial statements of Reach Media, beginning with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013. The Company and its subsidiary guarantors filed a Form 15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2014 with respect to its 2016 Notes.  As its new Notes are not registered, the Company will no longer be required to present expanded information with respect to Reach Media or the non-guarantor subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 33.3% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, and held 10.0% of our consolidated assets as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including TV One, had $154.0 million of total liabilities, including $119.0 million represented by the notes issued by TV One.

 

Interest payments under the terms of the 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes that matured in February 2013, were due in February and August.  Based on the $747,000 principal balance of the 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding at December 31, 2012, interest payments of $24,000 were paid each February and August through February 2013.

Interest on the 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes was initially payable in cash, or at our election, partially in cash and partially through the issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes (a “PIK Election”) on a quarterly basis in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, commencing on February 15, 2011.  We made a PIK Election with respect to interest accruing up to but not including May 15, 2012. With respect to interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012, such interest accrued at a rate of 12¹/₂% payable in cash.

Interest on the 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 accrued from the date of original issuance or, if interest had already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.  Interest accrues for each quarterly period at a rate of 12¹/₂% for such quarterly period that interest is paid fully in cash.  However, during the period the PIK Election was in effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest paid-in-kind (“PIK”) by issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 (“PIK Notes”) accrued for such quarterly period at 6.0% cash per annum and 9.0% PIK per annum.

A PIK Election remained in effect through May 14, 2012. Beginning on May 15, 2012, interest accrued at a rate of 12¹/₂% and was payable wholly in cash and the Company no longer had an option to pay any portion of its interest through the issuance of PIK Notes. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately $14.2 million of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the PIK Election that was in effect through May 14, 2012.

The indentures governing the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes also contain covenants that restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company to incur additional debt, purchase common stock, make capital expenditures, make investments or other restricted payments, swap or sell assets, engage in transactions with related parties, secure non-senior debt with assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

The Company conducts a portion of its business through its subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries had fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes, the6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes and the Company’s obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended.

63

The following table summarizes the interest rates in effect with respect to our debt as of December 31, 2013:

			Applicable
Type of Debt	Amount Outstanding		Interest Rate
	(In millions)
Senior bank term debt, net of original issue discount (at variable rates)(1)	$	369.6	7.50	%
121/2 %/15% Senior Subordinated Notes (fixed rate)	$	327.0	12.50	%
10% Senior Secured TV One Notes due March 2016 (fixed rate)	$	119.0	10.00	%

(1) Subject to variable LIBOR plus a spread that is incorporated into the applicable interest rate set forth above.

TV One issued $119.0 million in senior secured notes on February 25, 2011. The notes were issued in connection with the purchase of equity interests from certain financial investors and TV One management. The notes bear interest at 10.0% per annum, which is payable monthly, and the entire principal amount is due on March 15, 2016.

Reach Media issued a $1.0 million promissory note payable in November 2009 to a subsidiary of Citadel, which was acquired by Cumulus Media Inc. in September 2011. The note had an interest rate of 7.0% per annum, which was payable quarterly, and the entire principal amount was due on December 31, 2011. The note was repaid on December 30, 2011.

The following table provides a comparison of our statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Net cash flows provided by operating activities	$	37,029	$	45,447
Net cash flows used in investing activities		(6,073)		(8,044)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(31,535)		(16,087)

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were approximately $37.0 million and $45.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Cash flow from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased from the prior year primarily due to an increase in the accounts receivable balance, partially due to higher revenues as well as the timing of collections which were partially offset by lower content payments. 

Net cash flows used in investing activities were approximately $6.1 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Capital expenditures, including digital tower and transmitter upgrades, and deposits for station equipment and purchases were approximately $9.2 million and $12.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Proceeds from sales of investment securities were approximately $1.7 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations were approximately $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013. Purchases of investment securities were approximately $2.5 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we repurchased a noncontrolling interest in Reach Media for $2.0 million.

Net cash flows used in financing activities were approximately $31.5 million and $16.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company repaid approximately $3.8 million and $5.8 million, respectively, in outstanding debt. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we capitalized approximately $2.6 million of costs associated with our evaluation of various alternatives associated with our indebtedness and its upcoming maturities. TV One paid approximately $21.5 million and $7.7 million in dividends to noncontrolling interest shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we repurchased $70,986 of our Class A common stock and $5,397,734 of our Class D common stock.

Credit Rating Agencies

Our corporate credit ratings by Standard & Poor's Rating Services and Moody's Investors Service are speculative-grade and have been downgraded and upgraded at various times during the last several years. Any reductions in our credit ratings could increase our borrowing costs, reduce the availability of financing to us or increase our cost of doing business or otherwise negatively impact our business operations.

64

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, which provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012, and it did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which was subsequently modified in December 2011 by ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This ASU amends existing presentation and disclosure requirements concerning comprehensive income, most significantly by requiring that comprehensive income be presented with net income in a continuous financial statement, or in a separate but consecutive financial statement. The provisions of this ASU (as modified) are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements, other than presentation and disclosure.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, which provides companies with an option to perform a qualitative assessment that may allow them to skip the two-step impairment test. ASU 2011-08 amends existing guidance by giving an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If this is the case, companies will need to perform a more detailed two-step goodwill impairment test which is used to identify potential goodwill impairments and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment losses to be recognized, if any. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012, and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by ASU 2011-08.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, which provides companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired rather than calculating the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. ASU 2012-02 is effective prospectively for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2013, and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by ASU 2012-02.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2013, and it did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our accounting policies are described in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following policies and estimates to be most critical in understanding the judgments involved in preparing our financial statements and the uncertainties that could affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

65

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation.” Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes (“BSM”) valuation option-pricing model and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period.  The BSM incorporates various highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility, for which historical data is heavily relied upon, expected life of options granted, forfeiture rates and interest rates. If any of the assumptions used in the BSM model change significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially in the future from that previously recorded.

Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting Licenses

Impairment Testing

We have made several acquisitions in the past for which a significant portion of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses. Goodwill exists whenever the purchase price exceeds the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $659.8 million in broadcast licenses and $272.0 million in goodwill, which totaled $931.8 million, and represented approximately 65.9% of our total assets. Therefore, we believe estimating the fair value of goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses is a critical accounting estimate because of the significance of their carrying values in relation to our total assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded impairment charges against radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill of approximately $14.9 million, $313,000 and $14.5 million, respectively. Significant impairment charges have been a recent trend experienced by media companies in general, and are not unique to us.

We test for impairment annually, or when events or changes in circumstances or other conditions suggest impairment may have occurred. Our annual impairment testing is performed as of October 1 of each year. Impairment exists when the carrying value of these assets exceeds its respective fair value. When the carrying value exceeds fair value, an impairment amount is charged to operations for the excess.

Valuation of Broadcasting Licenses

We utilize the services of a third-party valuation firm to provide independent analysis when evaluating the fair value of our radio broadcasting licenses and reporting units. Fair value is estimated to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the income approach to test for impairment of radio broadcasting licenses. A projection period of 10 years is used, as that is the time horizon in which operators and investors generally expect to recover their investments. When evaluating our radio broadcasting licenses for impairment, the testing is done at the unit of accounting level as determined by ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other.” In our case, each unit of accounting is a cluster of radio stations into one of our 16 geographical markets.  Broadcasting license fair values are based on the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of the applicable unit of accounting assuming an initial hypothetical start-up operation which possesses FCC licenses as the only asset. Over time, it is assumed the operation acquires other tangible assets such as advertising and programming contracts, employment agreements and going concern value, and matures into an average performing operation in a specific radio market. The income approach model incorporates several variables, including, but not limited to: (i) radio market revenue estimates and growth projections; (ii) estimated market share and revenue for the hypothetical participant; (iii) likely media competition within the market; (iv) estimated start-up costs and losses incurred in the early years; (v) estimated profit margins and cash flows based on market size and station type; (vi) anticipated capital expenditures; (vii) probable future terminal values; (viii) an effective tax rate assumption; and (ix) a discount rate based on the weighted-average cost of capital for the radio broadcast industry. In calculating the discount rate, we considered: (i) the cost of equity, which includes estimates of the risk-free return, the long-term market return, small stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates and tax rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in capital structures.

During the first, second and third quarters of 2013, the total market revenue growth for certain markets in which we operate was below that used in our 2012 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain market’s radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. The Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.4 million related to our Cincinnati FCC radio broadcasting licenses during the first quarter of 2013. In addition, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.8 million related to our Philadelphia, Cincinnati and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the second quarter of 2013. Finally, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $3.7 million related to our Boston and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the third quarter of 2013. The remaining radio broadcasting licenses that were tested during 2013 were not impaired.

66

 

During the second quarter of 2012, the total market revenue growth for certain markets was below that used in our 2011 annual impairment testing. We deemed this shortfall to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain of our radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of June 30, 2012. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $313,000 related to our Charlotte radio broadcasting licenses. The remaining radio broadcasting licenses that were tested during the second quarter of 2012 were not impaired. We did not identify any impairment indicators for our radio broadcast licenses during the first or third quarters of 2012.

Valuation of Goodwill

The impairment testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting unit level. We had 20 reporting units as of our October 2013 annual impairment assessment, consisting of the 16 radio markets and four business divisions. In testing for the impairment of goodwill, we primarily rely on the income approach. The approach involves a 10-year model with similar variables as described above for broadcasting licenses, except that the discounted cash flows are based on the Company’s estimated and projected market revenue, market share and operating performance for its reporting units, instead of those for a hypothetical participant. The Company has adopted and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by ASU 2011-08. We evaluate all events and circumstances on an interim basis to determine if a two-step process is required.The first step of the process involves estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, a second step is performed to attribute the fair value of the reporting unit to the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill as of the impairment assessment date. Any excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill is written off as a charge to operations.

Due to the fact that there were impairment charges recognized for certain FCC licenses during 2013, we deemed to that to be an impairment indicator and, as such, we performed an interim analysis for certain radio markets’ goodwill as of June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. There were no interim impairment indicators identified for any of our other reporting units during 2013. We did not identify any goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2013, for any reporting unit.

Reach Media did not meet its budgeted operating cash flow for the third and fourth quarters of 2012 and we performed interim and annual impairment assessments at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012. Upon review of the results of the interim and year-end impairment tests, and quarter-end assessment, the Company concluded that the carrying value of goodwill attributable to Reach Media had not been impaired. For the third and fourth quarters of 2012, the Company performed interim impairment testing on the valuation of goodwill associated with Interactive One. Interactive One net revenues and cash flows declined for the third quarter and year to date 2012 and full year internal projections were revised. As a result of the testing, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value had occurred.

In March, June and September of 2011, the Company performed interim impairment testing on the valuation of goodwill associated with Reach Media. Reach Media net revenues and cash flow internal projections were revised. Management revised its internal projections for Reach Media by lowering the long-term revenue growth rates previously assumed in our 2010 year end assessment. The discount rate was lowered from 13.5% from the 2010 annual assessment to 13.0% for the June 2011 assessment and again lowered to 12.0% for the September 2011 assessment. As part of the year end impairment testing, the rate was increased to 12.5% and we reduced our operating cash flow projections and assumptions compared to the interim assessments based upon actual operating results which did not meet budgeted results. Based on the testing performed throughout 2011, the Company concluded that Reach Media goodwill was not impaired. Due to amendments of existing Reach Media affiliate agreements with Radio One, Reach Media’s expected future cash flows will be reduced. As a result, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $7.8 million associated with other intangible assets.

 As part of our annual testing, when arriving at the estimated fair values for radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, we also performed an analysis by comparing our overall average implied multiple based on our cash flow projections and fair values to recently completed sales transactions, and by comparing our fair value estimates to the market capitalization of the Company. The results of these comparisons confirmed that the fair value estimates resulting from our annual assessment for 2013 were reasonable.

67

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for estimating the broadcasting license and goodwill fair values for the annual impairment testing performed since October 2011.

Radio Broadcasting	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Licenses	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Discount Rate		10.0	%		10.0	%		10.0	%
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth Rate Range		0.0% – 2.0	%		1.0% -2.0	%		1.5% -2.5	%
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6 – 10)		1.0% – 2.0	%		1.0% -2.0	%		1.0% - 2.0	%
Mature Market Share Range		6.4% – 26.9	%		0.7% - 27.4	%		0.7% - 28.9	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		30.8% – 47.8	%		19.6% - 47.7	%		19.1% - 47.4	%

Goodwill (Radio Market	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Reporting Units)	2013 (a)			2012 (a)			2011 (a)
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	–		$	–		$	14.5
Discount Rate		10.0	%		10.0	%		10.0	%
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth Rate Range		0.0% -2.0	%		1.0% -2.0	%		2.0% -2.5	%
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6 – 10)		1.0% - 2.0	%		1.5% - 2.0	%		1.5% - 2.0	%
Mature Market Share Range		7.1% - 19.8	%		6.7% - 20.8	%		7.4% - 20.8	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		28.4% - 56.4	%		29.3% - 58.5	%		29.5% - 54.0	%

(a)    Reflects the key assumptions for testing only those radio markets with remaining goodwill.

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for estimating the fair value for Reach Media for the annual assessments since October 2011. When compared to the discount rates used for assessing radio market reporting units, the higher discount rates used in these assessments reflect a premium for a riskier and broader media business, with a heavier concentration and significantly higher amount of programming content related intangible assets that are highly dependent on the on-air personality Tom Joyner. As a result of our interim, annual and year end assessments, the Company concluded no impairment for the goodwill value had occurred.

	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Reach Media Goodwill	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	-		$	-		$	-
Discount Rate		13.0	%		12.0	%		12.0	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		1.5	%		2.0	%		2.5	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range		(4.5)% - 2.6	%		(4.7)% - 2.8	%		(2.0)% - 3.5	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		11.5% - 21.5	%		4.6% - 19.8	%		18.8% - 21.7	%

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for determining the fair value of our internet segment since October 2011. When compared to discount rates for the radio reporting units, the higher discount rate used to value the reporting unit is reflective of discount rates applicable to internet media businesses. As a result of the testing performed, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill had occurred. We did not make any changes to the methodology for valuing or allocating goodwill when determining the carrying value.

68

 

Goodwill (Internet	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Segment)	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	-		$	-		$	-
Discount Rate		14.5	%		13.5	%		14.5	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		10.0	%		13.8	%		20.3	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate (Year 10)		2.5	%		2.5	%		2.5	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		5.4% - 24.8	%		(4.8)% - 24.2	%		0.0% - 28.8	%

Given the consolidation of TV One effective April 14, 2011, the Company performed its first impairment testing in the Cable Television segment in December 2011. Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for determining the fair value since December 2011. As a result of the testing performed in 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill had occurred. 

	October 1,			October 1,			December 31,
Cable Television Goodwill	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	–		$	–		$	–
Discount Rate		10.8	%		10.8	%		11.5	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		12.1	%		11.2	%		13.9	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range		1.1% - 12.1	%		2.5% - 12.2	%		2.7% - 13.9	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		30.6% - 35.7	%		33.3% - 36.2	%		29.9% - 42.2	%

The above four goodwill tables reflect some of the key valuation assumptions used for 12 of our 20 reporting units. The other eight remaining reporting units had no goodwill carrying value balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

In arriving at the estimated fair values for radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, we also performed an analysis by comparing our overall average implied multiple based on our cash flow projections and fair values to recently completed sales transactions, and by comparing our fair value estimates to the market capitalization of the Company. The results of these comparisons confirmed that the fair value estimates resulting from our annual assessment for 2013 were reasonable.

Sensitivity Analysis

We believe both the estimates and assumptions we utilized when assessing the potential for impairment are individually and in aggregate reasonable; however, our estimates and assumptions are highly judgmental in nature. Further, there are inherent uncertainties related to these estimates and assumptions and our judgment in applying them to the impairment analysis. While we believe we have made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair values, changes in any one estimate, assumption or a combination of estimates and assumptions, or changes in certain events or circumstances (including uncontrollable events and circumstances resulting from continued deterioration in the economy or credit markets) could require us to assess recoverability of broadcasting licenses and goodwill at times other than our annual  October 1 assessments, and could result in changes to our estimated fair values and further write-downs to the carrying values of these assets. Impairment charges are non-cash in nature, and as with current and past impairment charges, any future impairment charges will not impact our cash needs or liquidity or our bank ratio covenant compliance.

As of October 1, 2013, we had a total goodwill carrying value of approximately $272.0 million across 12 of our 20 reporting units. The below table indicates the long-term cash flow growth rates assumed in our impairment testing and the long-term cash flow growth/decline rates that would result in additional goodwill impairment. For five of the reporting units, given the significant excess of their fair value over carrying value, any future goodwill impairment is not likely. However, should our estimates and assumptions for assessing the fair values of the remaining reporting units with goodwill worsen to reflect the below or lower cash flow growth/decline rates, additional goodwill impairments may be warranted in the future.

69

			Long-Term Cash
	Long-Term		Flow
	Cash Flow		Growth/Decline Rate
	Growth Rate		That Would Result in
Reporting Unit	Used		Impairment (a)
2	2.0	%	Impairment not likely
16	2.0	%	Impairment not likely
19	1.5	%	Impairment not likely
11	1.5	%	Impairment not likely
6	1.5	%	Impairment not likely
21	3.0	%	1.0%
5	1.5	%	(2.8)%
13	2.0	%	(3.7)%
12	2.0	%	(3.8)%
10	2.0	%	(6.1)%
1	2.0	%	(7.5)%
18	2.5	%	(10.7)%

(a) The long-term cash flow growth/decline rate that would result in additional goodwill impairment applies only to further goodwill impairment and not to any future license impairment that would result from lowering the long-term cash flow growth rates used.

 Several of the licenses in our units of accounting have limited excess of fair values over their respective carrying values. Per the table below, as of October 1, 2013, we appraised the radio broadcasting licenses at a fair value of approximately $867.4 million, which was in excess of the $659.8 million carrying value by $207.6 million, or 31.5%. The fair values of the licenses exceeded the carrying values of the licenses for all units of accounting. Should our estimates, assumptions, or events or circumstances for any upcoming valuations worsen in the units with no or limited fair value cushion, additional license impairments may be needed in the future. The Company’s remaining Boston radio station’s broadcasting license is classified as an other asset and is not included in the table below.

	Radio Broadcasting Licenses
	As of
	October 1,		October 1,
	2013		2013		Excess
	Carrying		Fair
	Values		Values				% FV
Unit of Accounting (a)	("CV")		("FV")		FV vs. CV		Over CV
	(In thousands)
Unit of Accounting 2	$	3,086	$	71,199	$	68,113		2,207.2	%
Unit of Accounting 4		9,169		11,741		2,572		28.1	%
Unit of Accounting 5		16,687		19,118		2,431		14.6	%
Unit of Accounting 7		16,165		18,987		2,822		17.5	%
Unit of Accounting 14		20,434		24,391		3,957		19.4	%
Unit of Accounting 15		20,886		22,123		1,237		5.9	%
Unit of Accounting 11		21,135		24,853		3,718		17.6	%
Unit of Accounting 6		22,642		23,584		942		4.2	%
Unit of Accounting 9		34,270		36,674		2,404		7.0	%
Unit of Accounting 13		52,556		59,906		7,350		14.0	%
Unit of Accounting 16		52,965		108,190		55,225		104.3	%
Unit of Accounting 12		50,179		58,208		8,029		16.0	%
Unit of Accounting 8		66,715		70,192		3,477		5.2	%
Unit of Accounting 1		93,394		128,290		34,896		37.4	%
Unit of Accounting 10		179,541		189,986		10,445		5.8	%
Total	$	659,824	$	867,442	$	207,618		31.5	%

(a) The units of accounting are not disclosed on a specific market basis so as to not make publicly available sensitive information that could be competitively harmful to the Company.

70

The following table presents a sensitivity analysis showing the impact on our impairment testing resulting from: (i) a 1% or 100 basis point decrease in industry or reporting unit growth rates; (ii) a 1% or 100 basis point decrease in cash flow margins; (iii) a 1% or 100 basis point increase in the discount rate; and (iv) both a 5% and 10% reduction in the fair values of broadcasting licenses and reporting units.

	Hypothetical Increase in
	the Recorded Impairment
	Charge
	For the Year Ended
	December 31, 2013
	Broadcasting
	Licenses		Goodwill
	(In millions)
Pre-tax impairment charge recorded:
Radio Market Reporting Units	$	14.9	$	-
Radio Syndication Reporting Unit		-		-
Cable Television Reporting Unit		-		-
Internet Reporting Unit		-		-
Total Impairment Recorded	$	14.9	$	-
Hypothetical Change for Radio Market Reporting Units:
A 100 basis point decrease in radio industry growth rates	$	10.5	$	-
A 100 basis point decrease in cash flow margin	$	-	$	-
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate	$	29.6	$	-
A 5% reduction in the fair value of broadcasting licenses and reporting units	$	0.3	$	-
A 10% reduction in the fair value of broadcasting licenses and reporting units	$	15.8	$	-
Hypothetical Change for Reach Media Reporting Unit:
A 100 basis point decrease in revenue growth rates		Not applicable	$	-
A 100 basis point decrease in cash flow margin		Not applicable	$	-
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate		Not applicable	$	-
A 5% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-
A 10% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-
Hypothetical Change for Cable Television Reporting Unit:
A 100 basis point decrease in revenue growth rates		Not applicable	$	-
A 100 basis point decrease in cash flow margin		Not applicable	$	-
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate		Not applicable	$	2.7
A 5% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-
A 10% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-
Hypothetical Change for Internet Reporting Unit:
A 100 basis point decrease in revenue growth rates		Not applicable	$	9.0
A 100 basis point decrease in cash flow margin		Not applicable	$	-
A 100 basis point increase in the applicable discount rate		Not applicable	$	-
A 5% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-
A 10% reduction in the fair value of the reporting unit		Not applicable	$	-

71

Impairment of Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting Licenses

Intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, we will evaluate recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there is identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If the assets are impaired, the impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets determined by estimates of discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar investment of like risk. The Company reviewed certain intangibles for impairment during 2012 and 2013 and determined no impairment charges were necessary. The Company reviewed certain intangibles for impairment during 2011 and recorded an impairment charge of approximately $7.8 million related to the long-lived assets of Reach Media. Any changes in the valuation estimates and assumptions or changes in certain events or circumstances could result in changes to the estimated fair values of these intangible assets and may result in future write-downs to the carrying values.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We must make estimates of the uncollectability of our accounts receivable. We specifically review historical write-off activity by market, large customer concentrations, customer credit worthiness and changes in our customer payment terms when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. In the past four years, our historical allowance for doubtful accounts has averaged approximately 4.3% of our outstanding trade receivables and has been a reliable method to estimate future allowances. If the financial condition of our customers or markets were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances could be required.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue for broadcast advertising when the commercial is broadcast and we report revenue net of agency and outside sales representative commissions in accordance with ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.”   When applicable, agency and outside sales representative commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing. Generally, advertisers remit the gross billing amount to the agency or outside sales representative, and the agency or outside sales representative remits the gross billing, less their commission, to us.

Our online business recognizes its advertising revenue as impressions (the number of times advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when “click through” purchases are made or leads are generated, or ratably over the contract period, where applicable. In addition, Interactive One derives revenue from its studio operations, which provide top-tier third-party clients with digital platforms and expertise.  In the case of the studio operations, revenue is recognized primarily based on fixed contractual monthly fees or as a share of the third party’s reported revenue.

TV One derives advertising revenue from the sale of television air time to advertisers and recognizes revenue when the advertisements are run. TV One also receives affiliate fees and records revenue during the term of various affiliation agreements based on the most recent subscriber counts reported by the applicable affiliate.

Equity Accounting

  Effective April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis. Prior to that, we accounted for our investment in TV One under the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC 323, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures.” We had recorded our investment at cost and had adjusted the carrying amount of the investment to recognize the change in Radio One’s claim on the net assets of TV One resulting from net income or losses of TV One as well as other capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation at book value approach.

Contingencies and Litigation

We regularly evaluate our exposure relating to any contingencies or litigation and record a liability when available information indicates that a liability is probable and estimable. We also disclose significant matters that are reasonably possible to result in a loss, or are probable but for which an estimate of the liability is not currently available. To the extent actual contingencies and litigation outcomes differ from amounts previously recorded, additional amounts may need to be reflected.

Estimate of Effective Tax Rates

We estimate the provision for income taxes, income tax liabilities, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” as it relates to accounting for income taxes in interim periods. We estimate effective tax rates based on local tax laws and statutory rates, apportionment factors, taxable income for our filing jurisdictions and disallowable items, among other factors. Audits by the Internal Revenue Service or state and local tax authorities could yield different interpretations from our own, and differences between taxes recorded and taxes owed per our filed returns could cause us to record additional taxes. Our estimated effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2013 was (183.2)%.

72

To address the exposures of unrecognized tax positions, we recognize the impact of a tax position in the financial statements if it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained on audit based on the technical merits of the position. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $5.1 million in unrecognized tax benefits. Future outcomes of our tax positions may be more or less than the currently recorded liability, which could result in recording additional taxes, or reversing some portion of the liability, and recognizing a tax benefit once it is determined the liability is either inadequate or no longer necessary as potential issues get resolved, or as statutes of limitations in various tax jurisdictions close.

Realizability of Deferred Tax Assets

The Company maintains a full valuation allowance for its DTAs, primarily attributable to net operating losses (“NOLs”), as we determined that it is more likely than not that the DTAs will not be realized. The Company reached this determination based on its cumulative loss position and the uncertainty of future taxable income. Consistent with that prior realizability assessment, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance for additional NOLs generated from the tax deductible amortization of indefinite-lived assets, as well as DTAs created by impairment charges on certain indefinite-lived intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

Redeemable noncontrolling interests are interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable outside of the Company’s control either for cash or other assets. These interests are classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater of estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting period or the historical cost basis of the noncontrolling interests adjusted for cumulative earnings allocations.  The resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company has accounted for an award called for in the CEO’s employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) as a derivative instrument in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” According to the Employment Agreement, which was executed in April 2008, the CEO is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess of the return of the Company’s aggregate investment in TV One. The Company’s obligation to pay the award will be triggered only after the Company’s recovery of the aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to the Company’s membership interest in TV One. The CEO was fully vested in the award upon execution of the agreement, and the award lapses if the CEO voluntarily leaves the Company or is terminated for cause.  The terms of the Employment Agreement remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One award.

The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of the award as of December 31, 2013, at approximately $13.7 million and, accordingly, recorded compensation expense and a liability for that amount. The fair value of the award as of December 31, 2012, was approximately $11.4 million. The fair valuation incorporated a number of assumptions and estimates, including but not limited to TV One’s future financial projections, probability factors and the likelihood of various scenarios that would trigger payment of the award. As the Company will measure changes in the fair value of this award at each reporting period as warranted by certain circumstances, different estimates or assumptions may result in a change to the fair value of the award amount previously recorded.

With the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, the Company assesses the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest in Reach Media as of the end of each reporting period.  The fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $12.0 million and $12.9 million, respectively.  The determination of fair value incorporated a number of assumptions and estimates including, but not limited to, forecasted operating results, discount rates and a terminal value.  Different estimates and assumptions may result in a change to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests amount previously recorded.

73

The TV One incentive award plan balance is measured based on the estimated enterprise fair value of TV One. As of December 31, 2013, the Company determined the enterprise fair value of TV One with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm. As the Company will measure changes in the fair value of these balances at each reporting period as warranted by certain circumstances, different estimates or assumptions may result in a change to the fair value of the amounts previously recorded.

Content Assets

TV One has entered into contracts to acquire entertainment programming rights and programs from distributors and producers. The license periods granted in these contracts generally run from one year to perpetuity. Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally shorter than the contract period. Each contract is recorded as an asset and a liability at an amount equal to its gross contractual commitment when the license period begins and the program is available for its first airing. Program rights are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated net realizable value. Program rights are amortized based on the greater of the usage of the program or term of license. Estimated net realizable values are based on the estimated revenues directly associated with the program materials and related expenses.

Capital and Commercial Commitments

 Indebtedness

We have several debt instruments outstanding within our capital structure. The total amount available under our 2011 Credit Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 million term loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a $25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on March 31, 2015. We also have outstanding $327.0 million in our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes which were due May 2016. Finally, TV One issued $119.0 million in senior secured notes on February 25, 2011. The proceeds from the notes were issued to purchase equity interests from certain financial investors and TV One management. The notes bear interest at 10.0% per annum, which is payable monthly, and the entire principal amount is due on March 15, 2016. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Subsequent Events.”

Lease obligations

We have non-cancelable operating leases for office space, studio space, broadcast towers and transmitter facilities that expire over the next 18 years.

Operating Contracts and Agreements

We have other operating contracts and agreements including employment contracts, on-air talent contracts, severance obligations, retention bonuses, consulting agreements, equipment rental agreements, programming related agreements, and other general operating agreements that expire over the next five years.

Royalty Agreements

Effective December 31, 2009, our radio music license agreements with the two largest performance rights organizations, American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (“ASCAP”) and Broadcast Music, Inc. (“BMI”) expired. The Radio Music License Committee (“RMLC”), which negotiates music licensing fees for most of the radio industry with ASCAP and BMI, at that time, reached an agreement with these organizations on a temporary fee schedule that reflected a provisional discount of 7.0% against 2009 fee levels. The temporary fee reductions became effective in January 2010. In May 2010 and June 2010, the U.S. District Court’s judge charged with determining the licenses fees ruled to further reduce interim fees paid to ASCAP and BMI, respectively, down approximately another 11.0% from the previous temporary fees negotiated with the RMLC. In January 2012, the U.S. District Court approved a settlement between RMLC and ASCAP. The settlement determined the amount to be paid to ASCAP for usage through 2016. In addition, stations received a credit for overpayments made in 2010 and 2011 to ASCAP. In June 2012, RMLC and BMI reached a settlement agreement. The settlement covers the period through 2016 and determined a new fee structure based on percentage of revenue. In addition, stations received a credit for overpayments made in 2010 and 2011 to BMI.

74

The Company has entered into fixed fee and variable share agreements with music performance rights organizations that expire as late as December 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $9.2 million, $9.8 million and $12.5 million, respectively, in connection with these agreements. The expenses related to discontinued operations associated with these agreements were not significant.

Reach Media Noncontrolling Interest Shareholders’ Put Rights

Beginning on February 28, 2012, the noncontrolling interest shareholders of Reach Media had an annual right to require Reach Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the then current fair market value for such shares (the “Put Right”).   This annual right was exercisable for a 30-day period beginning February 28 of each year. The purchase price for such shares may be paid in cash and/or registered Class D common stock of Radio One, at the discretion of Radio One. On December 31, 2012, Reach Media and its noncontrolling interest shareholders amended the shareholders’ agreement governing their relationship. As part of that amendment, the noncontrolling interest shareholders agreed to delay the Put Right until January 1, 2018. The terms of the Put Right remain the same in all other respects.

Contractual Obligations Schedule

The following table represents our scheduled contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

	Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations	2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		2019 and Beyond		Total
		(In thousands)
121/2%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes(1)	$	40,879	$	40,879	$	339,980	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	421,738
Credit facilities(2)		31,982		31,694		372,770		—		—		—		436,446
Other operating contracts/agreements(3)		60,481		30,205		14,697		8,674		320		106		114,483
Operating lease obligations		9,890		8,621		7,760		7,007		3,804		14,062		51,144
Senior Secured Notes(4)		11,900		11,900		121,777		—		—		—		145,577
Total	$	155,132	$	123,299	$	856,984	$	15,681	$	4,124	$	14,168	$	1,169,388

(1) Includes interest obligations based on effective interest rate on senior subordinated notes outstanding as of December 31, 2013.See “Subsequent Events.”

(2) Includes interest obligations based on effective interest rate and projected interest expense on credit facilities outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

(3) Includes employment contracts, severance obligations, on-air talent contracts, consulting agreements, equipment rental agreements, programming related agreements, and other general operating agreements. Also includes contracts that TV One has entered into to acquire entertainment programming rights and programs from distributors and producers.  These contracts relate to their content assets as well as prepaid programming related agreements.

(4) Represents $119.0 million issued by TV One in senior secured notes on February 25, 2011.  The proceeds from the notes were issued to purchase equity interests from certain financial investors and TV One management.  The notes bear interest at 10.0% per annum, which is payable monthly, and the entire principal amount is due on March 15, 2016.

As of December 31, 2010, we had a swap agreement in place for a total notional amount of $25.0 million. At that point, the period remaining on the swap agreement was 18 months. The remaining $25.0 million swap agreement was terminated in conjunction with the March 31, 2011 retirement of our Previous Credit Agreement and we have no swap arrangements in connection with the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2013, we had four standby letters of credit totaling $1.0 million in connection with our annual insurance policy renewals and real estate leases.

75

ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

As of December 31, 2013, our exposure related to market risk had not changed materially since December 31, 2012.

Both the term loan facility and the revolving facility under our 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), subject to a LIBOR floor plus a margin or the base rate plus a margin The base rate is equal to the greater of the prime rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50% and the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%.  The applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between (i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the term portion of the facility. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.75% per annum on the unused commitment of the revolving facility. We are exposed to interest rate volatility with respect to this variable rate debt. If the borrowing rates under LIBOR were to increase two percentage points above the current rates at December 31, 2013, our interest expense on the term portion of the credit facility would increase approximately $2.8 million on an annual basis.

The determination of the estimated fair value of our fixed-rate debt is subject to the effects of interest rate risk. The estimated fair value of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes at December 31, 2013 was approximately $328.7 million, and the carrying amount was $327.0 million. The estimated fair value of the TV One Notes approximates carrying value.

The estimated fair value of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes and our 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes at December 31, 2012 were approximately $293.5 million and $740,000, respectively, and the carrying amounts were $327.0 million and $747,000, respectively.

The effect of a hypothetical one percentage point decrease in expected current interest rate yield would be to increase the estimated fair value of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes from approximately $328.7 million to $357.4 million at December 31, 2013.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements of Radio One required by this item are filed with this report on Pages F-1 to F-45. 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

We have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information required to be included in our periodic SEC reports. Disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, are controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide a reasonable level of assurance of reaching our desired disclosure controls objective. Our management, including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in reaching that level of reasonable assurance.

76

(b) Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk.

The framework used in carrying our evaluation was the Internal Control - Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. In evaluating our information technology controls, we also used the framework contained in the Control Objectives for Information and related Technology (COBIT®), which was developed by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association’s (ISACA) IT Governance Institute, as a complement to the COSO internal control framework. This Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 989G of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. However, based on our evaluation under these frameworks, our management concluded that we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

A significant deficiency is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the company’s financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the filing of the Company’s Form 10-K on March 27, 2013, our management had previously concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012. During the second quarter of 2013, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The Company did not maintain adequate internal controls with regard to the review of the preparation of the condensed consolidating financial statements of guarantors in the footnotes to its previously filed financial statements. The Company restated its condensed consolidating footnote in its financial statements as of and for the three month period ended March 31, 2013, to correct the above matters.  

Plans for Remediation

We have taken the following actions to remediate this material weakness:

⋅ Restructured the Finance and Accounting functions and engaged additional resources with the appropriate depth of experience for our Finance and Accounting departments

⋅ Updated accounting policies and procedures to ensure that accounting personnel have sufficient guidance to remediate the previously communicated weakness and to appropriately evaluate all disclosure requirements

⋅ Implemented a required senior management, legal and accounting review to specifically address all disclosures and related financial information

Management has tested and will continue to test the design and operating effectiveness of the newly implemented controls in future periods.

(c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting

During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION

None.

77

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information with respect to directors and executive officers required by this Item 10 is incorporated into this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Nominees for Class A Directors,” “Nominees for Other Directors,” “Code of Conduct,” and “Executive Officers” in our proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the close of our fiscal year. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated into this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers” in our proxy statement.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 is incorporated into this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Principal Stockholders” in our proxy statement. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated into this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our proxy statement.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated into this report by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Audit Fees” in our proxy statement.

78

 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements required by this item are submitted in a separate section beginning on page F-1 of this report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Noncontrolling Interest for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted from this Form 10-K because they are not required, are not applicable, or the required information is included in the financial statements and notes thereto.

(a)(2) EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:  The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report, except for Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2, which are furnished, but not filed, with this Annual Report.

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One, Inc., dated as of May 4, 2000, as filed with the State of Delaware on May 9, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2000).
3.1.1	Certificate of Amendment, dated as of September 21, 2000, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One, Inc., dated as of May 4, 2000, as filed with the State of Delaware on September 21, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 6, 2000).
3.2	Amended and Restated By-laws of Radio One, Inc. amended as of August 7, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 21, 2009).
3.3	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bell Broadcasting Company (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.4	Restated Bylaws of Bell Broadcasting Company (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.5	Articles of Organization of Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.6	Operating Agreement of Blue Chip Broadcasting Licenses, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.7	Articles of Organization of Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.8	Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).

79

3.9	Certificate of Formation of Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.10	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Charlotte Broadcasting, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.11	Articles of Incorporation of Community Connect Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.12	Bylaws of Community Connect Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.13	Certificate of Formation of Community Connect, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.14	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Community Connect, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.15	Certificate of Formation of Distribution One, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.16	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Distribution One, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.17	Certificate of Incorporation of Hawes-Saunders Broadcast Properties, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.18	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Hawes-Saunders Broadcast Properties, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.19	Articles of Incorporation of Interactive One, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.20	Bylaws of Interactive One, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.21	Certificate of Formation of Interactive One, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.22	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Interactive One, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.23	Certificate of Incorporation of New Mableton Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.24	Bylaws of New Mableton Broadcasting Corporation (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.25	Articles of Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.26	Bylaws of Radio One Cable Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.27	Certificate of Formation of Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.28	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed February 9, 2011).
3.29	Certificate of Formation of Radio One Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.30	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.31	Certificate of Formation of Radio One Media Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.32	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One Media Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.33	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Atlanta, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.34	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Atlanta, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.35	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Boston Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.36	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Boston Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).

80

3.37	Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One of Boston, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.38	Bylaws of Radio One of Boston, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.39	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Charlotte, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.40	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Charlotte, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.41	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Detroit, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.42	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Detroit, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.43	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Radio One of Indiana, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.44	Limited Partnership Agreement of Radio One of Indiana, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.45	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Indiana, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.46	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Indiana, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.47	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of North Carolina, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.48	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of North Carolina, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.49	Certificate of Formation of Radio One of Texas II, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.50	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Radio One of Texas II, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.51	Certificate of Formation of ROA Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.52	Limited Liability Company Agreement of ROA Licenses, LLC (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.53	Certificate of Formation of Satellite One, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.54	Limited Liability Company Agreement of Satellite One, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed August 5, 2005).
3.55	Charter by the Secretary of State of Gaffney Broadcasting, Incorporated
3.56	Bylaws of Gaffney Broadcasting, Incorporated
4.1	Indenture dated February 10, 2005 between Radio One, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 11, 2005).
4.2	First Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 15, 2006 among Radio One, Inc., Syndication One, Inc., the other Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated February 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006).
4.3	Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 22, 2006 among Radio One, Inc., Magazine One, Inc., the other Guarantors listed therein, and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated February 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006).
4.4	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2010 by and among Radio One, Inc., each of the subsidiaries of Radio One listed on Exhibit A attached thereto, Interactive One, Inc., Interactive One, LLC, Community Connect, LLC, Community Connect Inc., Distribution One, LLC and Radio One Distribution Holdings, LLC, and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), as trustee under the Indenture dated February 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2009).
4.5	Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010, among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors signatory thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).

81

4.6	Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2010, among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors listed therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as successor trustee to The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture dated February 10, 2005. (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).
4.7	Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2010, among Radio One, Inc., the guarantors signatory thereto and certain holders of its debt securities (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 1, 2010).
4.8	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2011, among Radio One, Inc., the Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010).
4.9	Indenture, dated as of February 25, 2011, by and among TV One, LLC, TV One Capital Corp., U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, and U.S. Bank, National Association, as collateral trustee, relating to the 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010).
4.10	Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2013, among Reach Media and the Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of November 24, 2010, relating to the 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012).
4.11	Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2014, amongRadio One, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, relating to the 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 10, 2014).
4.12	Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 10, 2014, by and among Radio One, Inc., each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and as trustee under the Indenture dated as of November 24, 2010, relating to the 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 10, 2014).
10.1	Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of September 28, 2004 among Catherine L. Hughes and Alfred C. Liggins, III (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2005).
10.2	Credit Agreement, dated March 31, 2011, by and among Radio One Inc., Various Lenders and Credit Suisse, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 6, 2011).
10.3	Pledge Agreement, dated March 31, 2011, made by Radio One, Inc. and certain Subsidiaries and Credit Suisse incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 6, 2011).
10.4	Radio One, Inc. 2009 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Definitive Proxy on Schedule 14A filed November 6, 2009).
10.5	Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Peter D. Thompson dated March 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 9, 2011).
10.6	Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Alfred C. Liggins, III dated April 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008).
10.7	Employment Agreement between Radio One, Inc. and Catherine L. Hughes dated April 16, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Radio One’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 18, 2008).
21.1	Subsidiaries of Radio One, Inc.
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101	Financial information from the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL.

82

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 31, 2014.

Radio One, Inc.
By:	/s/ Peter D. Thompson
Name: Peter D. Thompson
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on March 31, 2014.

By: /s/  Catherine L. Hughes

Name: Catherine L. Hughes

Title: Chairperson, Director and Secretary

By: /s/  Alfred C. Liggins, III

Name: Alfred C. Liggins, III

Title: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

By: /s/  Terry L. Jones

Name: Terry L. Jones

Title: Director

By: /s/  Brian W. McNeill

Name: Brian W. McNeill

Title: Director

By: /s/  Dennis Miller

Name: Dennis Miller

Title: Director

By: /s/  D. Geoffrey Armstrong

Name: D. Geoffrey Armstrong

Title: Director

By: /s/  Ronald E. Blaylock

Name: Ronald E. Blaylock

Title: Director

83

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Radio One, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Radio One, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity and noncontrolling interest, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Radio One, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Baltimore, Maryland

March 31, 2014

F-1

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	56,676	$	57,255
Short-term investments		2,292		1,597
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,393 and $3,631, respectively		98,323		81,983
Prepaid expenses		5,467		5,059
Current portion of content assets		26,637		27,723
Other current assets		3,108		2,034
Current assets from discontinued operations		—		73
Total current assets		192,503		175,724
CONTENT ASSETS, net		36,157		38,981
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		34,353		35,282
GOODWILL		272,037		272,037
RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES		659,824		675,195
LAUNCH ASSETS, net		12,563		22,530
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net		202,593		234,001
OTHER ASSETS		4,325		3,269
NON-CURRENT ASSETS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS		—		3,176
Total assets	$	1,414,355	$	1,460,195
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	7,293	$	5,431
Accrued interest		5,831		5,849
Accrued compensation and related benefits		13,955		11,165
Current portion of content payables		14,359		17,694
Other current liabilities		16,176		16,167
Current portion of long-term debt		3,840		4,587
Current deferred tax liabilities		1,200		—
Current liabilities from discontinued operations		—		82
Total current liabilities		62,654		60,975
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion and original issue discount		811,795		814,131
CONTENT PAYABLES, net of current portion		8,399		11,163
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES		20,288		18,326
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES, net		214,245		188,249
Total liabilities		1,117,381		1,092,844
REDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS		11,999		12,853
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012		—		—
Common stock — Class A, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized; 2,574,291 and 2,731,860 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively		3		3
Common stock — Class B, $.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized; 2,861,843 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012		3		3
Common stock — Class C, $.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized; 3,121,048 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012		3		3
Common stock — Class D, $.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized; 39,013,638 and 41,421,667 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively		39		41
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(213)		(102)
Additional paid-in capital		1,003,116		1,006,873
Accumulated deficit		(925,002)		(863,021)
Total stockholders’ equity		77,949		143,800
Noncontrolling interest		207,026		210,698
Total equity		284,975		354,498
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity	$	1,414,355	$	1,460,195

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F-2

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
	(In thousands, except share data)
NET REVENUE	$	448,700	$	424,573		$	364,297
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Programming and technical		138,021		135,974			115,106
Selling, general and administrative, including stock-based compensation of $43, $67 and $992, respectively		145,261		137,843			126,513
Corporate selling, general and administrative, including stock-based compensation of $148, $104 and $4,154, respectively		39,700		40,457			37,850
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777			37,142
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313			22,331
Total operating expenses		375,732		353,364			338,942
Operating income		72,968		71,209			25,355
INTEREST INCOME		245		248			354
INTEREST EXPENSE		89,196		90,797			88,120
LOSS ON RETIREMENT OF DEBT		—		—			(7,743)
GAIN ON INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY		—		—			146,879
EQUITY IN INCOME OF AFFILIATED COMPANY		—		—			3,287
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, net		(307)		1,357			324
(Loss) income before provision for income taxes, noncontrolling interests in income of subsidiaries and income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax		(15,676)		(20,697)			79,688
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		28,719		33,235			66,686
Net (loss) income from continuing operations		(44,395)		(53,932)			13,002
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, net of tax		885		(184)			(99)
CONSOLIDATED NET (LOSS) INCOME		(43,510)		(54,116)			12,903
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS		18,471		12,749			10,014
CONSOLIDATED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(61,981)	$	(66,865)		$	2,889
BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS:
Continuing operations	$	(1.30)	$	(1.33)		$	0.06
Discontinued operations		0.02		(0.00)			(0.00)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders	$	(1.28)	$	(1.34)	*	$	0.06
DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS:
Continuing operations	$	(1.30)	$	(1.33)		$	0.06
Discontinued operations		0.02		(0.00)			(0.00)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders	$	(1.28)	$	(1.34)	*	$	0.06
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic		48,370,195		50,015,252			50,739,447
Diluted		48,370,195		50,015,252			52,294,322

*Per share amounts do not add due to rounding.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

	For The Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
CONSOLIDATED NET (LOSS) INCOME	$	(43,510)	$	(54,116)	$	12,903
NET CHANGE IN UNREALIZED GAIN ON DERIVATIVE AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES		—		—		158
NET CHANGE IN UNREALIZED (LOSS) GAIN ON INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES		(111)		97		(199)
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME		(43,621)		(54,019)		12,862
LESS: COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS		18,471		12,749		10,014
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(62,092)	$	(66,768)	$	2,848

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND

NONCONTROLLING INTEREST

For The Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

	Radio One, Inc. Stockholders
											Accumulated
	Convertible		Common		Common		Common		Common		Other		Additional
	Preferred		Stock		Stock		Stock		Stock		Comprehensive		Paid-In		Accumulated		Noncontrolling
	Stock		Class A		Class B		Class C		Class D		(Loss) Income		Capital		Deficit		Interest		Total Equity
	(In thousands)
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2010	$	—	$	3	$	3	$	3	$	45	$	(1,424)	$	994,750	$	(799,045)	$	—	$	194,335
Consolidated net income		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		2,889		7,959		10,848
Conversion of 76,486 shares of Class A common stock to Class D common stock		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Repurchase of 54,566 shares of Class A common stock		—		—		—		—		—		—		(73)		—		—		(73)
Repurchase of 4,245,567 shares of Class D common stock		—		—		—		—		(4)		—		(9,397)		—		—		(9,401)
Recognition of noncontrolling interest in TV One		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		209,410		209,410
Net change in unrealized loss on investment activities, net of taxes		—		—		—		—		—		(199)		—		—		—		(199)
Change in unrealized loss on derivative and hedging activities, net of taxes		—		—		—		—		—		158		—		—		—		158
Termination of interest rate swap		—		—		—		—		—		1,266		—		—		—		1,266
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated redemption value		—		—		—		—		—		—		11,414		—		—		11,414
Stock-based compensation expense		—		—		—		—		—		—		5,146		—		—		5,146
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(12,306)		(12,306)
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2011	$	—	$	3	$	3	$	3	$	41	$	(199)	$	1,001,840	$	(796,156)	$	205,063	$	410,598
Consolidated net loss		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(66,865)		13,376		(53,489)
Conversion of 12,000 shares of Class A common stock to Class D common stock		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Net change in unrealized gain on investment activities, net of taxes		—		—		—		—		—		97		—		—		—		97
Stock-based compensation expense		—		—		—		—		—		—		171		—		—		171
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated redemption value		—		—		—		—		—		—		4,862		—		—		4,862
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(7,741)		(7,741)
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2012	$	—	$	3	$	3	$	3	$	41	$	(102)	$	1,006,873	$	(863,021)	$	210,698	$	354,498
Consolidated net loss		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(61,981)		17,807		(44,174)
Net change in unrealized loss on investment activities, net of taxes		—		—		—		—		—		(111)		—		—		—		(111)
Stock-based compensation expense		—		—		—		—		—		—		191		—		—		191
Repurchase of 32,669 shares of Class A common stock		—		—		—		—		—		—		(71)		—		—		(71)
Repurchase of 2,630,574 shares of Class D common stock		—		—		—		—		(2)		—		(5,396)		—		—		(5,398)
Adjustment of redeemable noncontrolling interests to estimated redemption value		—		—		—		—		—		—		1,519		—		—		1,519
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		(21,479)		(21,479)
BALANCE, as of December 31, 2013	$	—	$	3	$	3	$	3	$	39	$	(213)	$	1,003,116	$	(925,002)	$	207,026	$	284,975

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Consolidated net (loss) income	$	(43,510)	$	(54,116)	$	12,903
Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		37,870		38,777		37,142
Amortization of debt financing costs		5,347		3,073		3,750
Amortization of content assets		50,412		47,328		31,539
Amortization of launch assets		9,967		9,961		—
Deferred income taxes		27,308		34,728		64,151
Gain on investment in affiliated company		—		—		(146,879)
Impairment of long-lived assets		14,880		313		22,331
Equity in income of affiliated company		—		—		(3,287)
Stock-based compensation		191		171		5,146
Non-cash interest		—		15,089		26,023
Loss on retirement of debt		—		—		7,743
Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets acquired and disposed of:
Trade accounts receivable		(16,340)		1,931		2,974
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(1,482)		1,300		3,245
Other assets		145		340		3,843
Accounts payable		1,859		(216)		(2,823)
Accrued interest		(18)		(854)		2,145
Accrued compensation and related benefits		2,790		184		(1,640)
Income taxes payable		893		(1,794)		123
Other liabilities		150		4,363		(13,788)
Payments for content assets		(52,596)		(54,984)		(23,412)
Net cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities from discontinued operations		(837)		(147)		377
Net cash flows provided by operating activities		37,029		45,447		31,606
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property and equipment		(9,194)		(12,485)		(9,445)
Purchase of Reach Media shares		—		(2,000)		—
Payment of launch support		—		(54)		—
Net cash and investments acquired in connection with TV One consolidation		—		—		65,245
Proceeds from sales of investment securities		1,665		9,122		—
Purchases of investment securities		(2,544)		(2,627)		—
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations		4,000		—		—
Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities		(6,073)		(8,044)		55,800
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from credit facility		—		—		378,280
Debt refinancing and modification costs		—		(2,557)		(6,253)
Repurchase of noncontrolling interests of TV One		—		—		(54,595)
Proceeds from noncontrolling interest member		—		—		2,776
Payment of dividends to noncontrolling interest shareholders of Reach Media		—		—		(1,511)
Payment of dividends to noncontrolling interest members of TV One		(21,479)		(7,741)		(12,306)
Repayment of senior subordinated notes		(747)		—		—
Repayment of credit facility		(3,840)		(5,789)		(356,576)
Repayment of other debt		—		—		(1,000)
Repurchase of common stock		(5,469)		—		(9,474)
Net cash flows used in financing activities		(31,535)		(16,087)		(60,659)
(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(579)		21,316		26,747
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year		57,255		35,939		9,192
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year	$	56,676	$	57,255	$	35,939
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid for:
Interest	$	83,612	$	73,307	$	56,072
Income taxes	$	513	$	805	$	2,437

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

(a)  Organization

Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Radio One,” the “Company”, “we” and/or “us”) is an urban-oriented, multi-media company that primarily targets African-American and urban consumers. Our core business is our radio broadcasting franchise that is the largest radio broadcasting operation that primarily targets African-American and urban listeners. We currently own and/or operate 54 broadcast stations located in 16 urban markets in the United States.  While our primary source of revenue is the sale of local and national advertising for broadcast on our radio stations, our strategy is to operate the premier multi-media entertainment and information content provider targeting African-American and urban consumers. Thus, we have diversified our revenue streams by making acquisitions and investments in other complementary media properties. Our other media interests include our approximately 51.9% (See Note 2 – Acquisitions) controlling ownership interest in TV One, LLC (“TV One”), an African-American targeted cable television network that we own with an affiliate of Comcast Corporation; our 80.0% controlling ownership interest in Reach Media, Inc. (“Reach Media”), which operates the Tom Joyner Morning Show and our syndicated programming assets, including theRuss Parr Morning Show, the Yolanda Adams Morning Show, the Rickey Smiley Morning Show, Bishop T.D. Jakes’ “Empowering Moments”, and the Reverend Al Sharpton Show; and our ownership of Interactive One, LLC (“Interactive One”), an online platform serving the African-American community through social content, news, information, and entertainment websites, including News One, UrbanDaily and HelloBeautiful and online social networking websites, including BlackPlanet and MiGente.  Through our national multi-media presence, we provide advertisers with a unique and powerful delivery mechanism to the African-American and urban audiences. Recently, the Company has executed a letter of intent with MGM to partner to develop a world-class casino property, MGM National Harbor, located in Prince George’s County, Maryland. This investment further diversifies our platform in the entertainment industry while still focusing on our core demographic.

Beginning November 1, 2012, our Columbus, Ohio radio station, WJKR-FM (The Jack, 98.9 FM) was made the subject of a local marketing agreement (“LMA”), and on February 15, 2013, the Company sold that station’s assets.  The remaining assets and liabilities of the Columbus station have been classified as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results from operations of this station for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

As of June 2011, our remaining Boston radio station was made the subject of a LMA whereby we have made available, for a fee, air time on this station to another party. As of September 30, 2013, due to ongoing renegotiations in the terms of the LMA, the station’s radio broadcasting license was reclassified out of assets from discontinued operations and the results from operations of this station for all prior periods were reclassified from discontinued operations to continuing operations. In December 2013, we finalized the renegotiation of the terms of the LMA which now expires December 1, 2016, at which time the station will be transferred. As a result, that station’s radio broadcasting license has been classified as a long-term other asset as of December 31, 2013, and is being amortized through the anticipated transfer date. The accompanying December 31, 2012 consolidated balance sheet has been adjusted to correct an immaterial error in the classification of the Company’s long-term assets related to its Boston market. This correction resulted in an increase in radio broadcasting licenses of approximately $1.2 million and a decrease in other long-term assets of the same amount.

As part of our consolidated financial statements, consistent with our financial reporting structure and how the Company currently manages its businesses, we have provided selected financial information on the Company’s four reportable segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting; (ii) Reach Media; (iii) Internet; and (iv) Cable Television. (See Note 18 – Segment Information.)

(b)  Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and require management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements.  The Company bases these estimates on historical experience, current economic environment or various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  However, continuing economic uncertainty and any disruption in financial markets increase the possibility that actual results may differ from these estimates.

F-7

(c)  Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of Radio One and subsidiaries in which Radio One has a controlling interest. Beginning on April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis after having executed an amendment to the TV One operating agreement with the remaining members of TV One concerning certain governance issues. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Noncontrolling interests have been recognized where a controlling interest exists, but the Company owns less than 100% of the controlled entity.

Prior to the consolidation date of TV One, the Company accounted for its investment in TV One under the equity method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 323, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures.”  The Company had adjusted the carrying amount of its investment to recognize the change in Radio One’s claim on the net assets of TV One resulting from income or losses of TV One, as well as other capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation at book value approach.

(d)  Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, repurchase agreements and money market funds at various commercial banks that have original maturities of 90 days or less. Investments with contractual maturities of 90 days or less from the date of original purchase are classified as cash and cash equivalents. For cash and cash equivalents, cost approximates fair value.

(e)  Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s estimate of the amount of probable losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable portfolio. The Company determines the allowance based on the aging of the receivables, the impact of economic conditions on the advertisers’ ability to pay and other factors. Inactive delinquent accounts that are past due beyond a certain amount of days are written off and often pursued by other collection efforts. Bankruptcy accounts are immediately written off upon receipt of the bankruptcy notice from the courts.

(f)Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting Licenses

In connection with past acquisitions, a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to radio broadcasting licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired. In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses are not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level and unit of accounting level, respectively. We test for impairment annually, on October 1 of each year, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances or other conditions suggest impairment may have occurred. Impairment exists when the asset carrying values exceed their respective fair values, and the excess is then recorded to operations as an impairment charge. With the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, we test for radio broadcasting license impairment at the unit of accounting level using the income approach, which involves, but is not limited to, judgmental estimates and assumptions about projected revenue growth, future operating margins, discount rates and terminal values. In testing for goodwill impairment, we follow a two-step approach, also relying primarily on the income approach that first estimates the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we then determine the implied goodwill after allocating the reporting unit’s fair value of assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 805-10, “Business Combinations.” Any excess of carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill balance over its respective implied goodwill is written off as a charge to operations. We then perform a market-based analysis by comparing the average implied multiple arrived at based on our cash flow projections and estimated fair values to multiples for actual recently completed sale transactions and by comparing the total of the estimated fair values of our reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company.

For the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded radio broadcasting license and goodwill impairment charges of approximately $14.9 million, $313,000 and $14.5 million, respectively. See Note 5 — Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses and Other Intangible Assets for a further discussion of impairment considerations for the financial statement periods presented. 

F-8

(g)  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting Licenses

The Company accounts for the impairment of long-lived intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant and Equipment.” Long-lived intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration in operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets. Assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows generated by other asset groups. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset or group of assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of discounted future cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate of return for a similar investment of like risk. The Company reviewed these long-lived assets during 2013 and 2012 concluded that no impairment to the carrying value of these assets was required. During 2011, impairment indicators existed for Reach Media and the Columbus radio broadcast market, and as a result, we performed impairment testing for these asset groups. The Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $7.8 million related to the long-lived assets of Reach Media during 2011.

(h)  Financial Instruments

Financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, consisted of cash and cash equivalents, investments, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, long-term debt and redeemable noncontrolling interests. The carrying amounts approximated fair value for each of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, except for the Company’s outstanding senior subordinated notes. The 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes which were due and paid in full in February 2013, had a carrying value of $747,000 and a fair value of approximately $740,000 as of December 31, 2012. The 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes which were due May 2016 had a carrying value of approximately $327.0 million and a fair value of approximately $328.7 million as of December 31, 2013, and a carrying value of approximately $327.0 million and a fair value of approximately $293.5 million as of December 31, 2012. The fair values of the Senior Subordinated Notes, classified as Level 2 instruments, were determined based on the trading values of these instruments in an inactive market as of the reporting date. The Company’s 10% Senior Secured TV One Notes due March 2016 are classified as Level 3 since they are not market traded financial instruments.

(i)  Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are recognized in the statement of operations. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects net income. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, it is marked to fair value through the statement of operations. (See Note 10 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.)

(j)  Revenue Recognition

Within our Radio Broadcasting and Reach Media segments, the Company recognizes revenue for broadcast advertising when a commercial is broadcast and is reported, net of agency and outside sales representative commissions, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605, “Revenue Recognition.”  Agency and outside sales representative commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing. Generally, clients remit the gross billing amount to the agency or outside sales representative, and the agency or outside sales representative remits the gross billing, less their commission, to the Company. For our radio broadcasting and Reach Media segments, agency and outside sales representative commissions were approximately $32.4 million, $35.2 million and $31.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-9

Interactive One generates the majority of the Company’s internet revenue, and derives such revenue principally from advertising services on non-radio station branded websites, including advertising aimed at diversity recruiting and studio services, where Interactive One provides services to other publishers. Advertising services include the sale of banner and sponsorship advertisements.  Advertising revenue is recognized either as impressions (the number of times advertisements appear in viewed pages) are delivered, when “click through” purchases are made or leads are generated, or ratably over the contract period, where applicable. In addition, Interactive One derives revenue from its studio operations, which provide top-tier third-party clients with digital platforms and expertise.  In the case of the studio operations, revenue is recognized primarily based on fixed contractual monthly fees or as a share of the third party’s reported revenue.

TV One, the driver of revenues in our cable television segment, derives advertising revenue from the sale of television air time to advertisers and recognizes revenue when the advertisements are run. TV One also receives affiliate fees and records revenue during the term of various affiliation agreements based on the most recent subscriber counts reported by the applicable affiliate.

 (k) Launch Support

TV One has entered into certain affiliate agreements requiring various payments by TV One for launch support. Launch support are assets used to initiate carriage under new affiliation agreements and are amortized over the term of the respective contracts. Amortization is recorded as a reduction to revenue to the extent that revenue is recognized from the vendor, and any excess amortization is recorded as launch support amortization expense. The weighted-average amortization period for launch support was approximately 10.9 years as of each of December 31, 2013, and 2012. The remaining weighted-average amortization period for launch support is 1.4 years and 2.4 years as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, launch asset amortization of approximately $10.0 million and $9.9 million, respectively, was recorded as a reduction of revenue.

The gross value and accumulated amortization of the launch assets is as follows:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Launch assets	$	39,597	$	39,597
Less: Accumulated amortization		(27,034)		(17,067)
Launch assets, net	$	12,563	$	22,530

Future estimated launch support amortization expense or revenue reduction related to launch assets for years 2014 through 2015 is as follows:

	(In thousands)
2014	$	9,913
2015	$	2,650

(l)  Barter Transactions

The Company provides broadcast advertising time in exchange for programming content and certain services and accounts for these exchanges in accordance with ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.” The terms of these exchanges generally permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of advertisers who purchase time in exchange for cash. The Company includes the value of such exchanges in both broadcasting net revenue and station operating expenses. The valuation of barter time is based upon the fair value of the network advertising time provided for the programming content and services received. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, barter transaction revenues were approximately $2.6 million, $3.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Additionally, barter transaction costs were reflected in programming and technical expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses of approximately $2.4 million, $2.7 million and $3.0 million, and $169,000, $308,000 and $238,000, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-10

(m)  Network Affiliation Agreements

The Company has network affiliation agreements classified as Other Intangible Assets. These agreements are amortized over their useful lives. Losses on contract terminations are determined based on the specific terms of each contract in accordance with ASC 920-350, “Entertainment Broadcasters.” (See Note 5 — Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses and Other Intangible Assets.)

(n)  Advertising and Promotions

The Company expenses advertising and promotional costs as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses for continuing operations, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were approximately $17.4 million, $13.1 million and $12.0 million, respectively. Advertising and promotional expenses related to discontinued operations were not significant. 

(o)  Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets or liabilities are computed based upon the difference between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. The Company has provided a valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not such assets will not be realized. The Company maintains certain deferred tax liabilities that cannot be used to offset deferred tax assets and, therefore, does not consider these attributes in evaluating the realizability of its deferred tax assets. Deferred income tax expense or benefits are based upon the changes in the asset or liability from period to period.

(p)  Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation.” Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes (“BSM”) valuation option-pricing model and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period.  The BSM incorporates various highly subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility, for which historical data is heavily relied upon, expected life of options granted, forfeiture rates and interest rates. (See Note 13 – Stockholders’ Equity.)

(q)  Segment Reporting and Major Customers

In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” and given its diversification strategy, the Company has determined it has four reportable segments:  (i) Radio Broadcasting; (ii) Reach Media; (iii) Internet; and (iv) Cable Television. These four segments operate in the United States and are consistently aligned with the Company’s management of its businesses and its financial reporting structure.

The radio broadcasting segment consists of all broadcast results of operations. The Reach Media segment consists of the results of operations for the Tom Joyner Morning Show and related activities in addition to syndicated radio shows including The Tom Joyner Morning Show, The Rickey Smiley Morning Show, The Russ Parr Morning Show, The Yolanda Adams Morning Show, The James Fortune Show, and The Reverend Al Sharpton Show.  The internet segment includes the results of our online business. The cable television segment consists of TV One’s results of operations. Corporate/Eliminations/Other represents financial activity associated with our corporate staff and offices and intercompany activity among the four segments. Intercompany revenue earned and expenses charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation.    

No single customer accounted for over 10% of our consolidated net revenues during the years ended December 31 2013, 2012 and 2011.

F-11

(r)  Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method.

 The Company’s potentially dilutive securities include stock options and unvested restricted stock. Diluted earnings per share considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities except in periods in which there is a net loss, as the inclusion of the potentially dilutive common shares would have an anti-dilutive effect.

(s)  Discontinued Operations

For those businesses where management has committed to a plan to divest or discontinue operations, and for which disposition is probable within the next 12 months, each business is valued at the lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost to sell. If the carrying amount of the business exceeds its estimated fair value, a loss is recognized. The fair values are estimated using accepted valuation techniques such as a discounted cash flow model, valuations performed by third parties, earnings multiples, or indicative bids, when available. A number of significant estimates and assumptions are involved in the application of these techniques, including the forecasting of markets and market share, revenues, costs and expenses, and multiple other factors. Management considers historical experience and all available information at the time the estimates are made. However, the fair values that are ultimately realized upon the sale of the businesses to be divested may differ from the estimated fair values reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Businesses to be divested or operationally cease are classified in the consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations. For businesses classified as discontinued operations, the balance sheet amounts and statement of operations results are reclassified from their historical presentation to assets and liabilities of discontinued operations on the consolidated balance sheets and to discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. The gains or losses associated with these divested or ceased businesses are recorded in income or loss from discontinued operations on the consolidated statements of operations. The consolidated statements of cash flows are also reclassified for discontinued operations for all periods presented. For businesses reclassified as discontinued, management does not expect any continuing involvement with these businesses after the disposition of these businesses.

(t) Fair Value Measurements

We report our financial and non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis under the provisions of ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The fair value framework requires the categorization of assets and liabilities into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets or liabilities. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that can be accessed at measurement date.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 (i.e., quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets).

Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.

F-12

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair values of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are categorized as follows:

	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2013
Assets subject to fair value measurement:
Corporate debt securities (a)	$	147	$	147	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds (a)		2,315		2,315		—		—
Total	$	2,462	$	2,462	$	—	$	—
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
Incentive award plan (b)	$	2,114	$	—	$	—	$	2,114
Employment agreement award (c)		13,688		—		—		13,688
Total	$	15,802	$	—	$	—	$	15,802
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
Redeemable noncontrolling interests (d)	$	11,999	$	—	$	—	$	11,999
As of December 31, 2012
Assets subject to fair value measurement:
Corporate debt securities (a)	$	192	$	192	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds (a)		1,502		1,502		—		—
Total	$	1,694	$	1,694	$	—	$	—
Liabilities subject to fair value measurement:
Incentive award plan (b)	$	5,345	$	—	$	—	$	5,345
Employment agreement award (c)		11,374		—		—		11,374
Total	$	16,719	$	—	$	—	$	16,719
Mezzanine equity subject to fair value measurement:
Redeemable noncontrolling interests (d)	$	12,853	$	—	$	—	$	12,853

(a) Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows.

(b) These balances are measured based on the estimated enterprise fair value of TV One. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow analysis include forecasted operating results, discount rate and a terminal value. There are specific unit holders for which the enterprise fair value is fixed. A third-party valuation firm assisted the Company in estimating TV One’s fair value.

(c) Pursuant to an employment agreement (the “Employment Agreement”) executed in April 2008, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess of the return of the Company’s aggregate investment in TV One. The Company reviews the factors underlying this award at the end of each quarter including the valuation of TV One and an assessment of the probability that the employment agreement will be renewed and contain this provision. There are probability factors included in the calculation of the award related to the likelihood that the award will be realized. The Company’s obligation to pay the award will be triggered only after the Company’s recovery of the aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to the Company’s membership interest in TV One. The CEO was fully vested in the award upon execution of the Employment Agreement, and the award lapses if the CEO voluntarily leaves the Company or is terminated for cause. A third-party valuation firm assisted the Company in estimating TV One’s fair value. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow analysis include forecasted operating results, discount rate and a terminal value. (See Note 10 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.) The terms of the Employment Agreement remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One award.

F-13

(d) The redeemable noncontrolling interest in Reach Media is measured at fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology. A third-party valuation firm assisted the Company in estimating the fair value. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow analysis include forecasted operating results, discount rate and a terminal value.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

			Employment		Redeemable
	Incentive		Agreement		Noncontrolling
	Award Plan		Award		Interests
	(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	5,096	$	10,346	$	20,343
Cash paid to increase ownership interest		—		—		(2,000)
Contribution of syndicated programming assets		—		—		(7,546)
Distribution		(412)		—		—
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests		—		—		(628)
Change in fair value		661		1,028		2,684
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	5,345	$	11,374	$	12,853
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—		—		665
Distribution		(3,219)		—		—
Change in fair value		(12)		2,314		(1,519)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2,114	$	13,688	$	11,999
The amount of total losses for the period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized losses relating to assets and liabilities still held at the reporting date	$	(12)	$	(2,314)	$	—

Losses included in earnings were recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as corporate selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

For Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows:

			As of		As of
		Significant	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Level 3 liabilities	Valuation Technique	Unobservable Inputs	Significant Unobservable Input Value
Incentive award plan	Discounted Cash Flow	Discount Rate	10.8	%	10.8	%
Incentive award plan	Discounted Cash Flow	Long-term Growth Rate	3.0	%	3.0	%
Employment agreement award	Discounted Cash Flow	Discount Rate	10.8	%	10.8	%
Employment agreement award	Discounted Cash Flow	Long-term Growth Rate	3.0	%	3.0	%
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	Discounted Cash Flow	Discount Rate	12.5	%	11.5	%
Redeemable noncontrolling interest	Discounted Cash Flow	Long-term Growth Rate	1.5	%	2.0	%

F-14

Any significant increases or decreases in discount rate or long-term growth rate inputs could result in significantly higher or lower fair value measurements.

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in ASC 820.  These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances.  Included in this category are goodwill, radio broadcasting licenses and other intangible assets, net, that are written down to fair value when they are determined to be impaired, as well as content assets that are periodically written down to net realizable value. The Company concluded that these assets were not impaired at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and, therefore, were reported at carrying value as opposed to fair value.

As of December 31, 2013, the total recorded carrying values of goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses were approximately $272.0 million and $659.8 million, respectively. Pursuant to ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling approximately $14.9 million related to our Boston, Philadelphia, Cincinnati and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses.For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $313,000 and approximately $22.3 million, respectively. A description of the Level 3 inputs and the information used to develop the inputs is discussed in Note 5 — Goodwill, Radio Broadcasting Licenses and Other Intangible Assets.

 (u) Software and Web Development Costs

The Company capitalizes direct internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage pursuant to ASC 350-40, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” Internal-use software is amortized under the straight-line method using an estimated life of three years. All web development costs incurred in connection with operating our websites are accounted for under the provisions of ASC 350-40, unless a plan exists or is being developed to market the software externally. The Company has no plans to market software externally.

 (v) Redeemable noncontrolling interests

Redeemable noncontrolling interests are interests in subsidiaries that are redeemable outside of the Company’s control either for cash or other assets. These interests are classified as mezzanine equity and measured at the greater of estimated redemption value at the end of each reporting period or the historical cost basis of the noncontrolling interests adjusted for cumulative earnings allocations.  The resulting increases or decreases in the estimated redemption amount are affected by corresponding charges against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in-capital.

(w) Investments

Investment Securities

Investments consist primarily of corporate fixed maturity securities and mutual funds.

Investments with original maturities in excess of three months and less than one year are classified as short-term investments. Long-term investments have original maturities in excess of one year.

Debt securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and reported at fair value. Investments in available-for-sale fixed maturity securities are classified as either current or noncurrent assets based on their contractual maturities. Fixed maturity securities are carried at estimated fair value based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments. Investment income is recognized when earned and reported net of investment expenses. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized, unless the losses are deemed to be other than temporary. Realized gains or losses, including any provision for other-than-temporary declines in value, are included in the statements of operations. For purposes of computing realized gains and losses, the specific-identification method of determining cost was used.

F-15

Evaluating Investments for Other than Temporary Impairments

The Company periodically performs evaluations, on a lot-by-lot and security-by-security basis, of its investment holdings in accordance with its impairment policy to evaluate whether any declines in the fair value of investments are other than temporary. This evaluation consists of a review of several factors, including but not limited to: length of time and extent that a security has been in an unrealized loss position, the existence of an event that would impair the issuer’s future earnings potential, and the near-term prospects for recovery of the market value of a security. The FASB has issued guidance for recognition and presentation of other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”), or FASB OTTI guidance. Accordingly, any credit-related impairment of fixed maturity securities that the Company does not intend to sell, and is not likely to be required to sell, is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, with the noncredit-related impairment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The Company believes that it has adequately reviewed its investment securities for OTTI and that its investment securities are carried at fair value. However, over time, the economic and market environment (including any ratings change for any such securities, including US treasuries and corporate bonds) may provide additional insight regarding the fair value of certain securities, which could change management’s judgment regarding OTTI. This could result in realized losses relating to other than temporary declines being charged against future income. Given the judgments involved, there is a continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur and material OTTI may be recorded in future periods.

(x) Content Assets

TV One has entered into contracts to acquire entertainment programming rights and programs from distributors and producers. The Company also has programming for which the Company has engaged third parties to develop and produce, and it owns most or all rights. The license periods granted in these contracts generally run from one year to perpetuity. Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally shorter than the contract period. Each contract is recorded as an asset and a liability at an amount equal to its gross contractual commitment when the license period begins and the program is available for its first airing.

Program rights are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated net realizable value. Program rights are amortized based on the greater of the anticipated usage of the program or term of license. Estimated net realizable values are based on the estimated revenues directly associated with the program materials and related expenses. The Company recorded additional amortization expense of approximately $6.2 million and $1.2 million as a result of evaluating its contracts for recoverability for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All produced and licensed content is classified as a long-term asset, except for the portion of the unamortized content balance that will be amortized within one year which is classified as a current asset.

Tax incentives state and local governments offer that are directly measured based on production activities are recorded as reductions in production costs consistent with the accounting prescribed by ASC 740-10-25-46 because the business substance of these transactions is to reduce the overall cost of production for film and television products.

(y) Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, which provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012, and it did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

F-16

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income,” which was subsequently modified in December 2011 by ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This ASU amends existing presentation and disclosure requirements concerning comprehensive income, most significantly by requiring that comprehensive income be presented with net income in a continuous financial statement, or in a separate but consecutive financial statement. The provisions of this ASU (as modified) are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements, other than presentation and disclosure.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, which provides companies with an option to perform a qualitative assessment that may allow them to skip the two-step impairment test. ASU 2011-08 amends existing guidance by giving an entity the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If this is the case, companies will need to perform a more detailed two-step goodwill impairment test which is used to identify potential goodwill impairments and to measure the amount of goodwill impairment losses to be recognized, if any. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012, and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by 2011-08.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, which provides companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired rather than calculating the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. ASU 2012-02 is effective prospectively for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2013, and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by ASU 2012-02.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. ASU 2013-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements, other than presentation and disclosure.

2.  ACQUISITIONS:

On December 31, 2012, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Radio One Media Holdings, LLC (“ROMH”), completed the purchase of additional shares of Reach Media from certain of its minority shareholders.  In addition to $2.0 million in cash consideration paid to increase the Company’s ownership in Reach Media from approximately 53.5% to 80%, effective January 1, 2013, the radio broadcasting segment contributed the assets and operations of its Syndication One urban programming line-up to Reach Media. We consolidated our syndication operations within Reach Media to leverage that platform to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In connection with the consolidation, we shifted our syndicated programming sales to a sales force operating out of Reach Media.

On July 18, 2012, we entered into an LMA with Gaffney Broadcasting, Incorporated (“Gaffney”). Beginning August 27, 2012, we began to broadcast programs produced, owned or acquired by Radio One on Gaffney’s South Carolina radio station, WOSF-FM (previously WNOW-FM). We pay certain operating costs of WOSF-FM, and in exchange we retain all revenues from the sale of the advertising within the programming we provide. The LMA continued for 18 months or until we consummated an acquisition of the station under a stock purchase agreement (the “SPA”) with the stockholders of Gaffney. The closing of the acquisition under the SPA was subject to certain conditions including but not limited to approval by the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) of the transfer of Gaffney’s FCC licenses. (See Note 19 - Subsequent Events.)

On October 20, 2011, we entered into an LMA with WGPR, Inc. (“WGPR”). Pursuant to the LMA, beginning October 24, 2011, we began to broadcast programs produced, owned or acquired by Radio One on WGPR’s Detroit radio station, WGPR-FM. We pay certain operating costs of WGPR-FM, and in exchange we retain all revenues from the sale of the advertising within the programming we provide. The LMA continues until December 31, 2014, and we have two successive 1-year options for a 4th year and a 5th year that would extend the term until December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Under the terms of the LMA, WGPR has also granted us certain rights of first negotiation and first refusal, with respect to the sale of WGPR-FM by WGPR and with respect to any potential time brokerage agreement for WGPR-FM covering any time period subsequent to the term of the LMA.

On February 25, 2011, TV One completed a privately placed debt offering of $119 million (the “Redemption Financing”). The Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes bearing a 10% coupon and due in 2016. Subsequently, on February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its outstanding membership interests from certain of its financial investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of interests held by management). Beginning on April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis after having executed an amendment to the TV One operating agreement with the remaining members of TV One concerning certain governance issues. The Company’s purchase price allocation consisted of approximately $61.2 million to current assets, $39.0 million to launch assets, $2.4 million to fixed assets, $204.1 million to indefinite-lived intangibles (goodwill and TV One brand), $287.3 million to definite-lived intangibles (content assets, acquired advertising contracts, advertiser relationships, affiliation agreements, etc.), $225.7 million to liabilities (including the $119.0 million in debt discussed above) and $203.0 million in noncontrolling interests. In connection with this transaction, approximately $28.6 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. In accordance with accounting standards applicable to business combinations, the Company recorded the assets and liabilities of TV One at fair value as of April 14, 2011. The Company recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $146.9 million during 2011 associated with the transaction. The gain is computed as the difference between the carrying value of the Company’s investment in TV One prior to date of consolidation and the fair value of Radio One’s interest in TV One as of the consolidation date. Finally, on April 25, 2011, TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from an investor. These redemptions by TV One increased Radio One’s ownership interest in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of April 25, 2011. From April 14, 2011 through December 31, 2011, the Company recognized approximately $86.0 million of revenue and approximately $5.5 million of net loss related to TV One operations. The net loss of TV One during that time period included approximately $21.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense as well as approximately $8.6 million of interest expense Since April 2011, our ownership in TV One increased to approximately 51.9% after redemptions of certain management interests.

F-17

 

3.  DISPOSITION OF ASSETS AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:

Columbus: In November 2012, our Columbus, Ohio radio station operating under the call letters WJKR was made the subject of an LMA. On February 15, 2013, the Company closed on the sale of the assets of its Columbus, Ohio radio station, WJKR-FM (The Jack, 98.9 FM) to Salem Media of Ohio, Inc., a subsidiary of Salem Communications (“Salem”).  The Company sold the assets of WJKR for $4.0 million and recognized a one-time gain on the sale of $893,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013. 

The following table summarizes the operating results for the station sold and is classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Net revenue	$	—	$	260	$	374
Operating expenses		—		(444)		(493)
Gain on sale of assets		885		—		20
Income (loss) before income taxes		885		(184)		(99)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	885	$	(184)	$	(99)

The assets and liabilities of the station classified as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Currents assets:
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts	$	—	$	73
Total current assets		—		73
Property and equipment, net		—		76
Intangible assets, net		—		3,100
Total assets	$	—	$	3,249
Current liabilities:
Other current liabilities	$	—	$	82
Total current liabilities		—		82
Long-term liabilities		—		4
Total liabilities	$	—	$	86

4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the related estimated useful lives. Property and equipment consists of the following:

	As of December 31,				Estimated
	2013		2012		Useful Lives
	(In thousands)
Land and improvements	$	3,777	$	3,777		—
Buildings		1,554		1,554		31 years
Transmitters and towers		38,680		37,330		7-15 years
Equipment		52,508		49,694		3-7 years
Furniture and fixtures		8,643		8,076		6 years
Software and web development		18,862		16,393		3 years
Leasehold improvements		22,611		20,710		Lease Term
Construction-in-progress		666		1,156		—
		147,301		138,690
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(112,948)		(103,408)
Property and equipment, net	$	34,353	$	35,282

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

F-18

 

5.  GOODWILL, RADIO BROADCASTING LICENSES AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Impairment Testing

In the past, we have made acquisitions whereby a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to radio broadcasting licenses, goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other,” we do not amortize our radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill. Instead, we perform a test for impairment annually or on an interim basis when events or changes in circumstances or other conditions suggest impairment may have occurred. Other intangible assets continue to be amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. We perform our annual impairment test as of October 1 of each year. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded impairment charges against radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill of approximately $14.9 million, $313,000 and $14.5 million, respectively.

2013 Interim Impairment Testing

During 2013, the total market revenue growth for certain markets in which we operate was below that used in our 2012 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain market’s radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013. The Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $1.4 million related to our Cincinnati FCC radio broadcasting licenses during the first quarter of 2013. In addition, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $9.8 million related to our Philadelphia, Cincinnati and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the second quarter of 2013. Finally, the Company recorded an impairment charge of approximately $3.7 million related to our Boston and Cleveland radio broadcasting licenses during the third quarter of 2013. The remaining radio broadcasting licenses that were tested during 2013 were not impaired. Due to the fact that there were impairment charges recognized for certain FCC licenses during 2013, we deemed to that to be an impairment indicator and, as such, we performed an interim analysis for certain radio markets’ goodwill as of June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013. There were no interim impairment indicators identified for any of our other reporting units during 2013.

2013 Annual Impairment Testing

We completed our annual impairment assessment as of October 1, 2013. Our October 1, 2013 annual impairment testing indicated the carrying values for our radio broadcasting licenses, radio market goodwill and goodwill attributable to Reach Media, TV One and Interactive One were not impaired.

2012 Interim Impairment Testing

During 2012, the total market revenue growth for certain markets was below that used in our 2011 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain of our radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of June 30, 2012. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $313,000 related to our Charlotte radio broadcasting licenses. The remaining radio broadcasting licenses that were tested during the second quarter of 2012 were not impaired.

In addition, Reach Media did not meet its budgeted operating cash flow for the third and fourth quarters of 2012, and as a result, we performed interim impairment assessments at September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012. With the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, the Company completed a valuation of the Reach Media reporting unit and concluded that although Reach Media had not met its budget, the carrying value of goodwill attributable to Reach Media had not been impaired.

F-19

Finally, for the third and fourth quarters of 2012, the Company performed interim impairment testing on the valuation of goodwill associated with Interactive One. Interactive One net revenues and cash flows declined for the third quarter and year to date 2012 and full year internal projections were revised. As a result of the testing, despite the revised projections, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill had occurred.

2012 Annual Impairment Testing

We completed our annual impairment assessment as of October 1, 2012. Our October 1, 2012 annual impairment testing indicated the carrying values for our radio broadcasting licenses, radio market goodwill and goodwill attributable to Reach Media, TV One and Interactive One were not impaired.

2012 Year-End Impairment Testing

With the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, the Company assessed the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest in Reach Media at December 31, 2012. Upon review of the results of the year-end impairment tests, the Company concluded that the carrying value of goodwill attributable to Reach Media had not been impaired.

2011 Interim Impairment Testing

During 2011, the total market revenue growth for certain markets was below that used in our 2010 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of certain of our radio broadcasting licenses, which we performed as of May 31, 2011. During the third quarter, there was further deterioration of revenue growth in certain markets, and as such, we deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim testing of certain radio broadcasting licenses as of September 30, 2011. The Company concluded that our radio broadcasting licenses were not impaired during the second or third quarters of 2011. During the second and third quarters of 2011, the operating performance and current projections for the remainder of the year for specific radio markets were below that used in our 2010 annual impairment testing. We deemed that to be an impairment indicator that warranted interim impairment testing of goodwill associated with specific radio markets, which we performed as of May 31, 2011 and as of September 30, 2011. The Company concluded that goodwill had not been impaired during the second and third quarters of 2011.

In addition, Reach Media’s actual operating results did not meet budgeted results during 2011, which was considered an impairment indicator, and as such, interim impairment testing for goodwill attributable to Reach Media was performed in March, June and September of 2011. There were no impairment charges recorded as part of our interim impairment testing.

2011 Annual Impairment Testing

We completed our annual impairment assessment as of October 1, 2011. As a result of our testing, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $14.5 million against goodwill in our Columbus market. Our October 1, 2011, annual impairment testing indicated the carrying values for our radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill attributable to Interactive One were not impaired.

2011 Year End Impairment Testing

We completed an impairment assessment as of December 31, 2011, for Reach Media. Due to amendments of existing Reach Media affiliate agreements with Radio One, Reach Media’s expected future cash flows were reduced and we considered this an impairment indicator. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded as part of our year end impairment testing. However, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $7.8 million related to the long-lived assets of Reach Media.

F-20

Valuation of Broadcasting Licenses

We utilize the services of a third-party valuation firm to provide independent analysis when evaluating the fair value of our radio broadcasting licenses and reporting units. Fair value is estimated to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use the income approach to test for impairment of radio broadcasting licenses. A projection period of 10 years is used, as that is the time horizon in which operators and investors generally expect to recover their investments. When evaluating our radio broadcasting licenses for impairment, the testing is done at the unit of accounting level as determined by ASC 350, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other.” In our case, each unit of accounting is a cluster of radio stations into one of our 16 geographical markets.  Broadcasting license fair values are based on the estimated after-tax discounted future cash flows of the applicable unit of accounting assuming an initial hypothetical start-up operation which possesses FCC licenses as the only asset. Over time, it is assumed the operation acquires other tangible assets such as advertising and programming contracts, employment agreements and going concern value, and matures into an average performing operation in a specific radio market. The income approach model incorporates several variables, including, but not limited to: (i) radio market revenue estimates and growth projections; (ii) estimated market share and revenue for the hypothetical participant; (iii) likely media competition within the market; (iv) estimated start-up costs and losses incurred in the early years; (v) estimated profit margins and cash flows based on market size and station type; (vi) anticipated capital expenditures; (vii) probable future terminal values; (viii) an effective tax rate assumption; and (ix) a discount rate based on the weighted-average cost of capital for the radio broadcast industry. In calculating the discount rate, we considered: (i) the cost of equity, which includes estimates of the risk-free return, the long-term market return, small stock risk premiums and industry beta; (ii) the cost of debt, which includes estimates for corporate borrowing rates and tax rates; and (iii) estimated average percentages of equity and debt in capital structures.

Our methodology for valuing broadcasting licenses has been consistent for all periods presented. Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for estimating broadcasting licenses fair values for all annual impairments assessments since October 2011.

Radio Broadcasting	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Licenses	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Discount Rate		10.0	%		10.0	%		10.0	%
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth Rate Range		0.0% - 2.0	%		1.0% -2.0	%		1.5% - 2.5	%
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6 – 10)		1.0% - 2.0	%		1.0% - 2.0	%		1.0% - 2.0	%
Mature Market Share Range		6.4% - 26.9	%		0.7% - 27.4	%		0.7% - 28.9	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		30.8% - 47.8	%		19.6% - 47.7	%		19.1% - 47.4	%

F-21

Broadcasting Licenses Valuation Results

The Company’s total broadcasting licenses carrying value is approximately $659.8 million as of December 31, 2013. The Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $14.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, as part of its interim impairment testing performed throughout the year. There were no other changes to the carrying values of the Company’s radio broadcasting licenses for the year ended December 31, 2013, for each unit of accounting, as noted in the table below. As noted above, each unit of accounting is a cluster of radio stations in one geographical market. The units of accounting are not disclosed on a specific market basis so as to not make sensitive information publicly available that could be competitively harmful to the Company.

	Radio Broadcasting Licenses Carrying Balances
	As of				As of
Unit of Accounting	December 31, 2012		Impairment / Transfers		December 31, 2013
	(In thousands )
Unit of Accounting 3	$	1,201	$	(1,201)	$	–
Unit of Accounting 2		3,086		–		3,086
Unit of Accounting 4		9,169		–		9,169
Unit of Accounting 5		18,657		(1,970)		16,687
Unit of Accounting 7		16,165		–		16,165
Unit of Accounting 14		20,434		–		20,434
Unit of Accounting 15		20,886		–		20,886
Unit of Accounting 11		21,135		–		21,135
Unit of Accounting 9		34,270		–		34,270
Unit of Accounting 6		26,242		(3,600)		22,642
Unit of Accounting 16		52,965		–		52,965
Unit of Accounting 13		52,556		–		52,556
Unit of Accounting 8		66,715		–		66,715
Unit of Accounting 12		58,779		(8,600)		50,179
Unit of Accounting 1		93,394		–		93,394
Unit of Accounting 10		179,541		–		179,541
Total	$	675,195	$	(15,371)	$	659,824

Our licenses expire at various dates through April 1, 2022, as set forth in the table on page 20, contained in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

Valuation of Goodwill

The impairment testing of goodwill is performed at the reporting unit level. We had 20 reporting units as of our October 2013 annual impairment assessment, consisting of the 16 radio markets and four business divisions. In testing for the impairment of goodwill, we primarily rely on the income approach. The approach involves a 10-year model with similar variables as described above for broadcasting licenses, except that the discounted cash flows are based on the Company’s estimated and projected market revenue, market share and operating performance for its reporting units, instead of those for a hypothetical participant. The Company has adopted and elected to not apply the qualitative assessment as allowed by ASU 2011-08. We evaluate all events and circumstances on an interim basis to determine if a two-step process is required.The first step of the process involves estimating the fair value of each reporting unit. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, a second step is performed to attribute the fair value of the reporting unit to the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill as of the impairment assessment date. Any excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill is written off as a charge to operations.

Given the gradual improvement in the economy, we included modest improvement estimates and projections in our 2013 annual assessment compared to our 2012 annual assessment. We have not made any changes to the methodology for valuing or allocating goodwill when determining the fair values of the reporting units. Due to the fact that there were impairment charges recognized for certain FCC licenses during 2013, we deemed to that to be an impairment indicator and, as such, we performed an interim analysis for certain radio markets’ goodwill as of June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013. We did not identify any goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-22

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for estimating reporting unit fair values for all annual impairment assessments performed since October 2011.  

Goodwill (Radio Market	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Reporting Units)	2013 (a)			2012 (a)			2011 (a)
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	–		$	–		$	14.5
Discount Rate		10.0	%		10.0	%		10.0	%
Year 1 Market Revenue Growth Rate Range		0.0% -2.0	%		1.0% -2.0	%		2.0% -2.5	%
Long-term Market Revenue Growth Rate Range (Years 6 – 10)		1.0% - 2.0	%		1.5% - 2.0	%		1.5% - 2.0	%
Mature Market Share Range		7.1% - 19.8	%		6.7% - 20.8	%		7.4% - 20.8	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		28.4% - 56.4	%		29.3% - 58.5	%		29.5% - 54.0	%

(a)   Reflects the key assumptions for testing only those radio markets with remaining goodwill.

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for estimating the fair value for Reach Media for the annual assessments since October 2011. When compared to the discount rates used for assessing radio market reporting units, the higher discount rates used in these assessments reflect a premium for a riskier and broader media business, with a heavier concentration and significantly higher amount of programming content related intangible assets that are highly dependent on the on-air personality Tom Joyner. As a result of our interim, annual and year end assessments, the Company concluded no impairment for the goodwill value had occurred.

	October			October			October
	1,			1,			1,
Reach Media Goodwill	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	-		$	-		$	-
Discount Rate		13.0	%		12.0	%		12.0	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		1.5	%		2.0	%		2.5	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range		(4.5)% - 2.6	%		(4.7)% - 2.8	%		(2.0)% - 3.5	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		11.5% - 21.5	%		4.6% - 19.8	%		18.8% - 21.7	%

Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for determining the fair value of our internet segment since October 2011. When compared to discount rates for the radio reporting units, the higher discount rate used to value the reporting unit is reflective of discount rates applicable to internet media businesses. As a result of the testing performed, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill had occurred. We did not make any changes to the methodology for valuing or allocating goodwill when determining the carrying value.

Goodwill (Internet	October 1,			October 1,			October 1,
Segment)	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	-		$	-		$	-
Discount Rate		14.5	%		13.5	%		14.5	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		10.0	%		13.8	%		20.3	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate (Year 10)		2.5	%		2.5	%		2.5	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		5.4% - 24.8	%		(4.8)% - 24.2	%		0.0% - 28.8	%

F-23

 

Given the consolidation of TV One effective April 14, 2011, the Company performed its first impairment testing in the Cable Television segment in December 2011. Below are some of the key assumptions used in the income approach model for determining the fair value since December 2011. As a result of the testing performed in 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company concluded no impairment to the carrying value of goodwill had occurred.

	October 1,			October 1,			December 31,
Cable Television Goodwill	2013			2012			2011
Pre-tax impairment charge (in millions)	$	–		$	–		$	–
Discount Rate		10.8	%		10.8	%		11.5	%
Year 1 Revenue Growth Rate		12.1	%		11.2	%		13.9	%
Long-term Revenue Growth Rate Range		1.1% - 12.1	%		2.5% - 12.2	%		2.7% - 13.9	%
Operating Profit Margin Range		30.6% - 35.7	%		33.3% - 36.2	%		29.9% - 42.2	%

The above four goodwill tables reflect some of the key valuation assumptions used for 12 of our 20 reporting units. The other eight remaining reporting units had no goodwill carrying value balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Goodwill Valuation Results

The table below presents the Company’s goodwill carrying values for its four reportable segments. There were no changes to the goodwill carrying balances during the year ended December 31, 2013.

	Goodwill Carrying Balances
	As of				As of
Reporting Unit	December 31, 2012		Increase (Decrease)		December 31, 2013
	(In millions)
Radio Broadcasting Segment	$	70.8	$	-	$	70.8
Reach Media Segment		14.4		-		14.4
Internet Segment		21.8		-		21.8
Cable Television Segment		165.0		-		165.0
Total	$	272.0	$	-	$	272.0

In arriving at the estimated fair values for radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, we also performed an analysis by comparing our overall average implied multiple based on our cash flow projections and fair values to recently completed sales transactions, and by comparing our estimated fair values to the market capitalization of the Company. The results of these comparisons confirmed that the fair value estimates resulting from our annual assessments in 2013 were reasonable.

F-24

 

Intangible Assets Excluding Goodwill and Radio Broadcasting Licenses

Other intangible assets, excluding goodwill and radio broadcasting licenses, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over various periods. Other intangible assets consist of the following:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012		Period of Amortization
	(In thousands)
Trade names	$	17,133	$	17,133	2-5 Years
Talent agreement		19,549		19,549	10 Years
Debt financing and modification costs		19,021		18,674	Term of debt
Intellectual property		14,151		14,151	4-10 Years
Affiliate agreements		186,755		186,755	1-10 Years
Acquired income leases		1,282		1,282	3-9 Years
Non-compete agreements		1,260		1,260	1-3 Years
Advertiser agreements		47,688		47,688	2-7 Years
Favorable office and transmitter leases		3,358		3,358	2-60 Years
Brand names		2,539		2,539	2.5 Years
Brand names - unamortized		39,688		39,688	Indefinite
Other intangibles		3,662		3,662	1-5 Years
		356,086		355,739
Less: Accumulated amortization		(153,493)		(121,738)
Other intangible assets, net	$	202,593	$	234,001

Amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $27.7 million, $28.4 million and $26.2 million, respectively. The amortization of deferred financing costs was charged to interest expense for all periods presented. The amount of deferred financing costs included in interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $5.3 million, $4.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for the years 2014 through 2018 for intangible assets, excluding deferred financing costs:

	(In thousands)
2014	$	27,314
2015	$	26,043
2016	$	25,886
2017	$	25,880
2018	$	25,848

Actual amortization expense may vary as a result of future acquisitions and dispositions.

6.  CONTENT ASSETS:

TV One has entered into contracts to acquire entertainment programming rights and programs from distributors and producers. The license periods granted in these contracts generally run from one year to perpetuity. Contract payments are made in installments over terms that are generally shorter than the contract period. Each contract is recorded as an asset and a liability at an amount equal to its gross contractual commitment when the license period begins and the program is available for its first airing.

F-25

The gross value and accumulated amortization of the content assets is as follows:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012		Period of Amortization
	(In thousands)
Produced content assets:
Completed	$	91,667	$	63,562
In-production		4,906		7,120
Licensed content assets acquired:
Acquired		94,653		74,041
Content assets, at cost		191,226		144,723	1-9 Years
Less: Accumulated amortization		(128,432)		(78,019)
Content assets, net		62,794		66,704
Current portion		(26,637)		(27,723)
Noncurrent portion	$	36,157	$	38,981

Future estimated content amortization expense related to agreements entered into as of December 31, 2013, for years 2014 through 2018 is as follows:

		(In thousands)
2014	$	26,637
2015	$	16,927
2016	$	9,730
2017	$	2,078
2018	$	796

Future minimum content payments required under agreements entered into as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

		(In thousands)
2014	$	14,359
2015	$	5,437
2016	$	2,492
2017	$	270
2018	$	200

7.  INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATED COMPANY:

In January 2004, the Company, together with an affiliate of Comcast Corporation and other investors, launched TV One, an entity formed to operate a cable television network featuring lifestyle, entertainment and news-related programming targeted primarily towards African-American viewers.

On February 25, 2011, TV One completed its $119 million Redemption Financing. The Redemption Financing is structured as senior secured notes bearing a 10% coupon and is due in 2016. Subsequently, on February 28, 2011, TV One utilized $82.4 million of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 15.4% of its outstanding membership interests from certain financial investors and 2.0% of its outstanding membership interests held by TV One management (representing approximately 50% of interests held by management). Beginning on April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis after having executed an amendment to the TV One operating agreement with the remaining members of TV One concerning certain governance issues. Finally, on April 25, 2011, TV One utilized the balance of the Redemption Financing to repurchase 12.4% of its outstanding membership interests from an investor. These redemptions by TV One increased the Company’s holding in TV One from 36.8% to approximately 50.9% as of April 25, 2011. Since April 2011, our ownership in TV One has increased to approximately 51.9% after further redemptions of certain management interests. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company owned approximately 51.9% and 51.1%, respectively, of TV One on a fully-converted basis.  

F-26

Prior to the consolidation date, the Company recorded its investment at cost and had adjusted its carrying amount of the investment to recognize the change in the Company’s claim on the net assets of TV One resulting from operating income or losses of TV One as well as other capital transactions of TV One using a hypothetical liquidation at book value approach. On April 14, 2011, the Company began to account for TV One on a consolidated basis and the basis of the assets and liabilities of TV One at that date were recorded at fair value. For the period January 1, 2011 to April 14, 2011, the Company’s allocable share of TV One’s operating income was approximately $3.3 million.

We entered into separate network services and advertising services agreements with TV One in 2003. Under the network services agreement, we provided TV One with administrative and operational support services and access to Radio One personalities. In consideration of providing these services, we received equity in TV One, and received an annual management fee of $500,000 for providing services under the network services agreement.  The network services agreement, originally scheduled to expire in January 2009 was extended to January 2011, at which time it expired. During 2013, we agreed with Comcast to increase the annual management fee to $1.7 million. While we are receiving the increased fee, we have yet to formally execute a new agreement. Until such time as a new network services agreement is executed, we continue to operate under the terms of the original agreement except for the increased management fee.

Under an advertising services agreement, we provided a specified amount of advertising to TV One. Prior to the consolidation date, the Company was accounting for the services provided to TV One under the advertising services agreement in accordance with ASC 505-50-30, “Equity.”  As services were provided to TV One, the Company recorded revenue based on the fair value of the most reliable unit of measurement in these transactions. The most reliable unit of measurement had been determined to be the value of underlying advertising time that was provided to TV One. Prior to consolidation, the Company recognized $694,000 in revenue relating to these two agreements for the year ended December 31, 2011. The advertising services agreement was also originally scheduled to expire in January 2009 and was extended to January 2011, at which time it expired. However, we entered into a new advertising services agreement with TV One with an effective date of January 2011 that expired in January 2014. Under the new advertising services agreement, we (i) provided advertising services to TV One on certain of our media properties and (ii) acted as media placement agent for TV One in certain instances. In return for such services, TV One paid us for such advertising time and services and, where we acted as media placement agent, paid us a media placement fee equal to the lesser of 15% of media placement costs or a market rate, in addition to reimbursing us (or paying in advance) for all actual costs associated with the media placement services. These costs are eliminated in consolidation. We are currently evaluating the need for a new advertising services agreement.  

8.  INVESTMENTS:

The Company’s investments (short-term and long-term) consist of the following:

			Gross		Gross
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair
	Basis		Losses		Gains		Value
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
Corporate debt securities	$	147	$	(2)	$	2	$	147
Mutual funds		2,528		(213)		—		2,315
Total investments	$	2,675	$	(215)	$	2	$	2,462

			Gross		Gross
	Amortized Cost		Unrealized		Unrealized		Fair
	Basis		Losses		Gains		Value
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2012
Corporate debt securities	$	188	$	—	$	4	$	192
Mutual funds		1,608		(107)		1		1,502
Total investments	$	1,796	$	(107)	$	5	$	1,694

The following tables show the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

F-27

 

	Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Total
	Value		Losses		Value		Losses		Unrealized
	< 1 Year		< 1 Year		> 1 Year		> 1 Year		Losses
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
Corporate debt securities	$	119	$	(2)	$	—	$	—	$	(2)
Mutual funds		765		(27)		1,477		(186)		(213)
Total investments	$	884	$	(29)	$	1,477	$	(186)	$	(215)

	Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Total
	Value		Losses		Value		Losses		Unrealized
	< 1 Year		< 1 Year		> 1 Year		> 1 Year		Losses
	(In thousands)
December 31, 2012
Mutual funds	$	1,235	$	(107)	$	—	$	—	$	(107)
Total investments	$	1,235	$	(107)	$	—	$	—	$	(107)

The Company’s investments in debt securities are sensitive to interest rate fluctuations, which impact the fair value of individual securities. The Company has analyzed the unrealized losses on the 12 and six securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively, and believe that they do not meet the criteria for an other-than-temporary-impairment. The Company has not decided to sell the affected securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before a recovery of the amortized cost of the affected securities. However, given the judgmental nature of the Company’s analysis, there is a continuing risk that further declines in fair value may occur. These declines could result in other-than-temporary-impairment losses in future periods.

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below.

	Amortized
	Cost Basis		Fair Value
	(In thousands)
Within 1 year	$	27	$	27
After 1 year through 5 years		18		20
After 5 years through 10 years		102		100
Total debt securities	$	147	$	147

A primary objective in the management of the fixed maturity portfolios is to maximize total return relative to underlying liabilities and respective liquidity needs. In achieving this goal, assets may be sold to take advantage of market conditions or other investment opportunities, as well as tax considerations. Sales will generally produce realized gains or losses. In the ordinary course of business, the Company may sell securities for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to: (i) changes to the investment environment; (ii) expectation that the fair value could deteriorate further; (iii) desire to reduce exposure to an issuer or an industry; (iv) changes in credit quality; and (v) changes in expected cash flow. Available-for-sale securities were sold as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Proceeds from sales	$	1,665	$	9,122
Gross realized gains		—		79
Gross realized losses		—		(123)

9.  OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Deferred revenue	$	4,760	$	4,281
Deferred barter revenue		1,511		825
Incentive award plan		—		3,208
Deferred rent		587		983
Accrued national representative fees		807		782
Accrued miscellaneous taxes		661		826
Income taxes payable		893		—
Tenant allowance		461		576
Other current liabilities		6,496		4,686
Other current liabilities	$	16,176	$	16,167

F-28

 

10.  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES:

ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” establishes disclosure requirements related to derivative instruments and hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. ASC 815 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

The fair values and the presentation of the Company’s derivative instruments in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows: 

	Liability Derivatives
	As of December 31,
	2013			2012
	(In thousands)
	Balance Sheet	Fair		Balance Sheet		Fair
	Location	Value		Location		Value
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Employment agreement award	Other Long-Term Liabilities	$	13,688	Other Long-Term Liabilities	$	11,374
Total derivatives		$	13,688		$	11,374

The effect and the presentation of the Company’s derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of operations are as follows:

	Location of Gain
Derivatives Not Designated	(Loss)	Amount of Gain (Loss)
as Hedging Instruments	in Income of Derivative	in Income of Derivative
		For the Years Ended December 31,
			2013		2012		2011
		(In thousands)
Employment agreement award	Corporate selling, general and administrative expense	$	(2,314)	$	(1,028)	$	(3,522)

F-29

Hedging Activities

 In June 2005, pursuant to a previous credit agreement, the Company entered into four fixed rate swap agreements to reduce interest rate fluctuations on certain floating rate debt commitments. One of the four $25.0 million swap agreements expired in each of June 2007 and 2008, and 2010, respectively. The remaining $25.0 million swap agreement was terminated on March 31, 2011, in conjunction with the March 31, 2011 retirement of our Previous Credit Agreement.  We have no swap agreements in connection with our current credit facilities.

Each swap agreement had been accounted for as a qualifying cash flow hedge of the Company’s senior bank debt, in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” whereby changes in the fair market value were reflected as adjustments to the fair value of the derivative instruments as reflected on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate swaps were to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s floating rate debt commitments and to add stability to future cash flows. To accomplish this objective, the Company used interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy.  Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges was recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During the three months ended March 31, 2011, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing floating rate debt commitments.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded approximately $1.4 million gain in Other Comprehensive Loss on the interest rate swap. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives, if any, was recognized directly in earnings. There was no hedging ineffectiveness during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.  

Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss related to derivatives were reclassified to interest expense as interest payments were made on the Company’s floating rate debt.For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company reclassified $258,000 to interest expense.

Under the swap agreements, the Company paid a fixed rate. The counterparties to the agreements paid the Company a floating interest rate based on the three month LIBOR, for which measurement and settlement were performed quarterly. The counterparties to these agreements were international financial institutions.

Other Derivative Instruments

The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item are recognized in the statement of operations. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the statement of operations when the hedged item affects net income. If a derivative does not qualify as a hedge, it is marked to fair value through the statement of operations. 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was party to an Employment Agreement executed in April 2008 with the CEO. Pursuant to the Employment Agreement, the CEO is eligible to receive an award amount equal to 8% of any proceeds from distributions or other liquidity events in excess of the return of the Company’s aggregate investment in TV One. The Company reassessed the estimated fair value of the award at December 31, 2013, to be approximately $13.7 million, and accordingly, adjusted its liability to this amount. The Company’s obligation to pay the award will be triggered only after the Company’s recovery of the aggregate amount of its capital contribution in TV One and only upon actual receipt of distributions of cash or marketable securities or proceeds from a liquidity event with respect to the Company’s membership interest in TV One. The CEO was fully vested in the award upon execution of the Employment Agreement, and the award lapses if the CEO voluntarily leaves the Company, or is terminated for cause. The terms of the Employment Agreement remain in effect including eligibility for the TV One award. 

F-30

 

11.  LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Senior bank term debt	$	373,456	$	377,297
63/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due February 2013		—		747
121/2%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016		327,034		327,034
10% Senior Secured TV One Notes due March 2016		119,000		119,000
Total debt		819,490		824,078
Less: current portion		3,840		4,587
Less: original issue discount		3,855		5,360
Long-term debt, net	$	811,795	$	814,131

Credit Facilities

Current Credit Facilities

On March 31, 2011, the Company entered into a senior secured credit facility (the “2011 Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks, and simultaneously borrowed $386.0 million to retire all outstanding obligations under the Company’s previous amended and restated credit agreement and to fund our obligation with respect to a capital call initiated by TV One.  The total amount available under the 2011 Credit Agreement is $411.0 million, consisting of a $386.0 million term loan facility that matures on March 31, 2016 and a $25.0 million revolving loan facility that matures on March 31, 2015. Borrowings under the credit facilities are subject to compliance with certain covenants including, but not limited to, certain financial covenants. Proceeds from the credit facilities can be used for working capital, capital expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, its common stock repurchase program, permitted direct and indirect investments and other lawful corporate purposes. On December 19, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2011 Credit Agreement (the “December 2012 Amendment”). The December 2012 Amendment: (i) modifies financial covenant levels with respect to the Company's total-leverage, secured-leverage, and interest-coverage ratios; (ii) increases the amount of cash the Company can net for determination of its net indebtedness tests; and (iii) extends the time for certain of the 2011 Credit Agreement's call premium while reducing the time for its later and lower premium.

The 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, contains affirmative and negative covenants that the Company is required to comply with, including: 

(a)   maintaining an interest coverage ratio of no less than:

<	1.10 to 1.00 on December 31, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;
<	1.20 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2014;
<	1.25 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
<	1.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

(b)   maintaining a senior secured leverage ratio of no greater than:

<	4.50 to 1.00 on September 30, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;
<	4.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through June 30, 2014;
<	4.00 to 1.00 on September  30, 2014;
<	3.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014;
<	3.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
<	2.75 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

F-31

(c)   maintaining a total leverage ratio of no greater than:

<	8.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2012 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through December 31, 2013;
<	8.25 to 1.00 on March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014;
<	8.00 to 1.00 on September 30, 2014;
<	7.50 to 1.00 on December 31, 2014;
<	6.50 to 1.00 on March 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter through September 30, 2015; and
<	6.00 to 1.00 on December 31, 2015 and the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.

(d)   limitations on:

<	liens;
<	sale of assets;
<	payment of dividends; and
<	mergers.

As of December 31, 2013, ratios calculated in accordance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, are as follows:

	As of  December   31, 2013			Covenant Limit		Excess Coverage
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Covenant EBITDA (In millions)	$	102.2
Pro Forma Last Twelve Months Interest Expense (In millions)	$	71.3
Senior Debt (In millions)	$	341.4
Total Debt (In millions)	$	668.5
Interest Coverage
Covenant EBITDA / Interest Expense		1.43	x		1.10	x	0.33	x
Senior Secured Leverage
Senior Secured Debt / Covenant EBITDA		3.34	x		4.50	x	1.16	x
Total Leverage
Total Debt / Covenant EBITDA		6.54	x		8.50	x	1.96	x
EBITDA - Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

In accordance with the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, the calculations for the ratios above do not include the operating results or related debt of TV One, but rather include our proportionate share of cash dividends from TV One for periods presented.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended.  

Under the terms of the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, interest on base rate loans is payable quarterly and interest on LIBOR loans is payable monthly or quarterly. The base rate is equal to the greater of: (i) the prime rate; (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; or (iii) the LIBOR Rate for a one-month period plus 1.00%.  The applicable margin on the 2011 Credit Agreement is between (i) 4.50% and 5.50% on the revolving portion of the facility and (ii) 5.00% (with a base rate floor of 2.5% per annum) and 6.00% (with a LIBOR floor of 1.5% per annum) on the term portion of the facility.   The average interest rate was 7.5% for 2013. Quarterly installments of 0.25%, or $960,000, of the principal balance on the term loan are payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $24.0 million of borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility. After taking into consideration the financial covenants under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended, approximately $24.0 million was available to be borrowed.

F-32

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding approximately $373.5 million on its term credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repaid approximately $3.8 million under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended. The original issue discount is being reflected as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the debt obligation and amortized to interest expense over the term of the credit facility. According to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, there was no term loan principal repayment based on its December 31, 2012 excess cash flow calculation.

According to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, the Company anticipates making an excess cash flow payment of between $0 and approximately $2.0 million during April 2014, depending on the level of acceptance by our syndicate of lenders.

Senior Subordinated Notes

 On November 24, 2010, we issued $286.8 million of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 (the “12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016”) in a private placement and exchanged and then cancelled approximately $97.0 million of $101.5 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 8 ⁷/₈% senior subordinated notes due 2011 (the “2011 Notes”) and approximately $199.3 million of $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of our 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes that matured in February 2013 (the “2013 Notes” and the 2013 Notes together with the 2011 Notes, the “Prior Notes”).  We entered into supplemental indentures in respect of each of the Prior Notes which waived any and all existing defaults and events of default that had arisen or may have arisen that may be waived and eliminated substantially all of the covenants in each indenture governing the Prior Notes, other than the covenants to pay principal and interest on the Prior Notes when due, and eliminated or modified the related events of default. Subsequently, all remaining outstanding 2011 Notes were repurchased pursuant to the indenture governing the 2011 Notes, effective as of December 24, 2010.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding $327.0 million of our 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016.(See Note 19— Subsequent Events.)

Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has in its past periodic reports, including its most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, included in a footnote to its financial statements, condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, the wholly-owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-wholly owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, consolidating adjustments and the total consolidated amounts. Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has also included in its past periodic reports the stand-alone financial statements of Reach Media, beginning with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013. The Company and its subsidiary guarantors filed a Form 15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2014 with respect to its 2016 Notes.  As its new Notes are not registered, the Company will no longer be required to present expanded information with respect to Reach Media or the non-guarantor subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 33.3% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, and held 10.0% of our consolidated assets as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including TV One, had $154.0 million of total liabilities, including $119.0 million represented by the notes issued by TV One.

Interest payments under the terms of the 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes that matured in February 2013, were due in February and August.  Based on the $747,000 principal balance of the 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding at December 31, 2012, interest payments of $24,000 were paid each February and August through February 2013.

Interest on the 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes was initially payable in cash, or at our election, partially in cash and partially through the issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes (a “PIK Election”) on a quarterly basis in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, commencing on February 15, 2011.  We made a PIK Election with respect to interest accruing up to but not including May 15, 2012. With respect to interest accruing from and after May 15, 2012, such interest accrued at a rate of 12¹/₂% payable in cash.

Interest on the 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 accrued from the date of original issuance or, if interest had already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid.  Interest accrues for each quarterly period at a rate of 12¹/₂% for such quarterly period that interest is paid fully in cash.  However, during the period the PIK Election was in effect, the interest paid in cash and the interest paid-in-kind (“PIK”) by issuance of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2016 (“PIK Notes”) accrued for such quarterly period at 6.0% cash per annum and 9.0% PIK per annum.

A PIK Election remained in effect through May 14, 2012. Beginning on May 15, 2012, interest accrued at a rate of 12¹/₂% and was payable wholly in cash and the Company no longer had an option to pay any portion of its interest through the issuance of PIK Notes. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company issued approximately $14.2 million of additional 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the PIK Election that was in effect through May 14, 2012.

The indentures governing the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes also contain covenants that restrict, among other things, the ability of the Company to incur additional debt, purchase common stock, make capital expenditures, make investments or other restricted payments, swap or sell assets, engage in transactions with related parties, secure non-senior debt with assets, or merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of its assets.

The Company conducts a portion of its business through its subsidiaries. Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries had fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Company’s 12¹/₂%/15% Senior Subordinated Notes, the 6³/₈% Senior Subordinated Notes and the Company’s obligations under the 2011 Credit Agreement, as amended.

F-33

TV One Senior Secured Notes

TV One issued $119.0 million in senior secured notes on February 25, 2011. The proceeds from the notes were issued to purchase equity interests from certain financial investors and TV One management. The notes bear interest at 10.0% per annum, which is payable monthly, and the entire principal amount is due on March 15, 2016.

Future scheduled minimum principal payments of debt as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

	Credit Facility		Senior Subordinated Notes		TV One Senior Secured Notes		Total
2014	$	3,840	$	—	$	—	$	3,840
2015		3,840		—		—		3,840
2016		365,776		327,034		119,000		811,810
Total Debt	$	373,456	$	327,034	$	119,000	$	819,490

We continually evaluate opportunities based upon market conditions to refinance our outstanding indebtedness in order to reduce our borrowing costs, extend maturities and/or increase our operating flexibility.  There can be no guarantee that any such refinancing opportunities will be available on acceptable terms or at all.

12.  INCOME TAXES:

The Company’s provision for income taxes from continuing operations was approximately $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to a provision for income taxes of approximately $33.2 million and $66.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. A reconciliation of the statutory federal income taxes to the recorded provision for income taxes from continuing operations is as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Statutory tax (@ 35% rate)	$	(5,486)	$	(7,244)	$	27,912
Effect of state taxes, net of federal benefit		(189)		(450)		4,331
Effect of state rate and tax law changes		145		407		750
Other permanent items		214		149		1
Disallowed interest		5,632		5,364		8,825
Non-deductible officer’s compensation		1,453		1,012		2,226
Valuation allowance		42,845		34,644		14,861
Noncontrolling interest		(16,229)		—		—
Effect of permanent impairment of long-lived assets		—		—		4,540
Expiring NOLs and charitable carryovers		64		137		1,037
Forfeiture of stock-based compensation		512		163		1,151
Uncertain tax positions		—		(709)		—
Other		(242)		(238)		1,052
Provision for income taxes	$	28,719	$	33,235	$	66,686

F-34

The components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations are as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Federal:
Current	$	92	$	(639)	$	1,980
Deferred		21,084		29,120		53,113
State:
Current		1,319		(649)		555
Deferred		6,224		5,403		11,038
Provision for income taxes	$	28,719	$	33,235	$	66,686

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	1,417	$	979
Accruals		2,200		560
Total current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance		3,617		1,539
Valuation allowance		(4,683)		(1,330)
Total current deferred tax (liabilities) assets, net		(1,066)		209
Intangible assets		10,392		15,073
Fixed assets		477		—
Stock-based compensation		890		1,348
Net operating loss carryforwards		309,546		284,702
Other		696		668
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets before valuation allowance		322,001		301,791
Valuation allowance		(317,782)		(278,290)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets		4,219		23,501
Total deferred tax assets	$	3,153	$	23,710
Deferred tax liabilities:
Prepaid expenses		(134)		(97)
Total current deferred tax liability		(134)		(97)
Intangible assets		(181,065)		(154,464)
Fixed assets		—		(110)
Partnership interests		(36,895)		(56,606)
Other		(504)		(570)
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		(218,464)		(211,750)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(218,598)		(211,847)
Net current deferred tax (liability) asset		(1,200)		112
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability		(214,245)		(188,249)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(215,445)	$	(188,137)

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal, state, and city net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward amounts of approximately $778.6 million, $763.3 million, and $173.9 million, respectively. The state and city NOLs are applied separately from the federal NOL as the Company generally files separate state and city returns for each subsidiary. Additionally, the amount of the state NOLs may change if future state apportionment factors differ from current factors. The NOLs may be subject to limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The NOLs begin to expire as early as 2017, with the final expirations in 2033.

F-35

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are based on tax laws as currently enacted.

The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.1 million related to state NOLs of approximately $62.0 million as of December 31, 2013.

The Company concluded it was more likely than not that the benefit from certain of its deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) would not be realized. The Company considered its historically profitable jurisdictions, its sources of future taxable income and tax planning strategies in determining the amount of valuation allowance recorded. As part of that assessment, the Company also determined that it was not appropriate under generally accepted accounting principles to benefit its DTAs with deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) related to indefinite-lived intangibles that cannot be scheduled to reverse in the same requisite period. Because the DTL in this case would not reverse until some future indefinite period when the intangibles are either sold or impaired, any resulting temporary differences cannot be considered a source of future taxable income to support realization of the DTAs. As a result of the assessment, and given the current total three year cumulative loss position, the uncertainty of future taxable income and the feasibility of tax planning strategies, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $322.5 million, $279.6 million and $244.9 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The nature of the uncertainties pertaining to the Company’s income taxes is primarily due to various state NOL positions. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.1 million, of which a net amount of approximately $3.3 million, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate if there was no valuation allowance. The Company estimates no change to its unrecognized tax benefits prior to the NOL expiration. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Balance as of January 1	$	5,071	$	5,780	$	5,822
Reductions for tax positions as a result of the lapse of applicable statutes     of limitations		—		(600)		(42)
Reductions for tax positions as a result of tax settlements		—		(109)		—
Balance as of December 31	$	5,071	$	5,071	$	5,780

As of December 31, 2013, Reach Media is under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax year ended December 31, 2011. Additionally, Radio One is under examination by the state of New York for the tax years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s open tax years for federal income tax examinations include the tax years ended December 31, 2010 through 2013. Additionally, prior years are open to the extent of the amount of the net operating loss from that year. For state and local tax purposes, the open years for tax examinations include the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2013.

13.  STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Common Stock

The Company has four classes of common stock, Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D. Generally, the shares of each class are identical in all respects and entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges. However, with respect to voting rights, each share of Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote and each share of Class B common stock entitles its holder to ten votes. The holders of Class C and Class D common stock are not entitled to vote on any matters. The holders of Class A common stock can convert such shares into shares of Class C or Class D common stock. Subject to certain limitations, the holders of Class B common stock can convert such shares into shares of Class A common stock. The holders of Class C common stock can convert such shares into shares of Class A common stock. The holders of Class D common stock have no such conversion rights.

F-36

Stock Repurchase Program

In April 2011, the Company’s board of directors authorized a repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A and Class D common stock (the “2011 Repurchase Authorization”). Under the 2011 Repurchase Authorization, the Company is authorized, but is not obligated, to repurchase up to $15 million worth of its Class A and/or Class D common stock prior to April 13, 2013.  In January 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized a repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A and Class D common stock (the “January 2013 Repurchase Authorization”). Under the January 2013 Repurchase Authorization, the Company is authorized, but is not obligated, to repurchase up to $2.0 million worth of its Class A and/or Class D common stock. Subsequently, in May 2013, the Company’s board of directors authorized a further $1.5 million worth of stock repurchases (the “May 2013 Repurchase Authorization”). Thus, the aggregate amount authorized between the January 2013 Repurchase Authorization and the May 2013 Repurchase Authorization was $3.5 million. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $57,000 remaining between the two authorizations with respect to its Class A and D common stock. Repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The timing and extent of any repurchases will depend upon prevailing market conditions, the trading price of the Company’s Class A and/or Class D common stock and other factors, and subject to restrictions under applicable law. The Company executes upon the stock repurchase program in a manner consistent with market conditions and the interests of the stockholders, including maximizing stockholder value. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 2,630,574 shares of Class D common stock in the amount of $5,397,734 at an average price of $2.05 per share and 32,669 shares of Class A common stock in the amount of $70,986 at an average price of $2.17 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company did not repurchase any Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company repurchased 54,566 shares of Class A common stock in the amount of $73,000 at an average price of $1.34 per share and 4,245,567 shares of Class D common stock in the amount of approximately $9.4 million at an average price of $2.21 per share.

Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan

Under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Grant Plan (“Plan”), the Company had the authority to issue up to 10,816,198 shares of Class D common stock and 1,408,099 shares of Class A common stock. The Plan expired March 10, 2009. The options previously issued under this plan are exercisable in installments determined by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors at the time of grant. These options expire as determined by the compensation committee, but no later than ten years from the date of the grant. The Company uses an average life for all option awards. The Company settles stock options upon exercise by issuing stock.

A stock option and restricted stock plan (“the 2009 Stock Plan”) was approved by the stockholders at the Company’s annual meeting on December 16, 2009.  The terms of the 2009 Stock Plan are substantially similar to the prior Plan. The Company had the authority to issue up to 8,250,000 shares of Class D Common Stock under the 2009 Stock Plan. After the issuance of the LTIP Shares (as defined below), approximately 5,000,000 shares remained available for issuance. On September 26, 2013, the board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved on November 14, 2013, certain amendments to and restatement of the 2009 Stock Plan (the “Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan”). The amendments under the Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan primarily affected (i) the number of shares with respect to which options and restricted stock grants may be granted under the 2009 Stock Plan and (ii) the maximum number of shares that can be awarded to any individual in any one calendar year. The Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan increased the authorized plan shares remaining available for grant to 7,000,000 shares of Class D common stock. Under the 2009 Plan as currently in effect, in any one calendar year, the compensation committee shall not grant to any one participant options to purchase, or grants of, a number of shares of Class D common stock in excess of 1,000,000.  Under the Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan, this limitation was eliminated. The purpose of eliminating this limitation is to provide the compensation committee with maximum flexibility in setting executive compensation. As of December 31, 2013, 7,000,000 shares of Class D Common Stock were available for grant under the Amended and Restated 2009 Stock Plan.

F-37

In December 2009, the compensation committee and the non-executive members of the Board of Directors approved a long-term incentive plan (the “2009 LTIP”) for certain key employees of the Company. The 2009 LTIP is comprised of 3,250,000 shares (the “LTIP Shares”) of the 2009 Stock Plan’s 8,250,000 shares of Class D Common Stock. Awards of the LTIP Shares were granted in the form of restricted stock and allocated among 31 employees of the Company, including the named executive officers. The named executive officers were allocated LTIP Shares as follows: (i) Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) (1.0 million shares); (ii) the Chairperson (300,000 shares); (iii) the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) (225,000 shares); (iv) the Chief Administrative Officer (“CAO”) (225,000 shares); and (v) the former President of the Radio Division (“PRD”) (130,000 shares). The remaining 1,370,000 shares were allocated among 26 other key employees. All awards vested in three installments.  The awards were granted effective January 5, 2010, and the first installment of 33% vested on June 5, 2010, the second installment vested on June 5, 2011. The third installment was originally scheduled to vest on June 5, 2012, but upon determination by the compensation committee was accelerated to vest on November 19, 2011. Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Stock Plan, subject to the Company’s insider trading policy, a portion of each recipient’s vested shares may be sold into the open market for employee tax withholding purposes on or about the vesting dates.

The Company follows the provisions under ASC 718, “Compensation - Stock Compensation,” using the modified prospective method, which requires measurement of compensation cost for all stock-based awards at fair value on date of grant and recognition of compensation over the service period for awards expected to vest. These stock-based awards do not participate in dividends until fully vested. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes (“BSM”) valuation model. Such fair value is recognized as an expense over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures, using the straight-line method. Estimating the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual forfeitures differ substantially from our current estimates, amounts will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimated number of stock awards are revised. We consider many factors when estimating expected forfeitures, including the types of awards, employee classification and historical experience. Actual forfeitures may differ substantially from our current estimate.

The Company’s use of the BSM valuation model to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and interest rates. For options granted, the BSM option-pricing model determines: (i) the term by using the simplified “plain-vanilla” method as allowed under SAB No. 110; (ii) a historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected term, with the observation of the volatility on a daily basis; and (iii) a risk-free interest rate that was consistent with the expected term of the stock options and based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

The Company did not grant any stock options during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company granted 150,600 and 181,520 stock options during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The per share weighted-average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $0.73 and $1.38, respectively.

These fair values were derived using the BSM with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Average risk-free interest rate		—	0.62	%	2.23	%
Expected dividend yield		—	0.00	%	0.00	%
Expected lives		—	6.00 years		6.00 years
Expected volatility		—	127.5	%	120.7	%

F-38

Transactions and other information relating to stock options for the years December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below:

	Number of Options		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (In Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		4,999,000	$	9.40		—		—
Grants		182,000	$	1.38
Exercised		—	$	—
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(370,000)	$	16.57
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		4,811,000	$	8.60		—		—
Grants		151,000	$	0.83
Exercised		—	$	—
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(332,000)	$	11.05
Outstanding at December 31, 2012		4,630,000	$	8.17		—		—
Grants		—	$	—
Exercised		—	$	—
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(330,000)	$	17.43
Outstanding at December 31, 2013		4,300,000	$	7.46		2.98	$	5,353,663
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013		4,291,000	$	7.47		2.97	$	5,326,500
Unvested at December 31, 2013		75,000	$	0.83		8.43	$	222,888
Exercisable at December 31, 2013		4,225,000	$	7.58		2.88	$	5,130,775

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the Company’s stock closing price on the last day of trading during the year ended December 31, 2013, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares that would have been received by the holders of in-the-money options had all the option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2013. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2013. The number of options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 was 108,725.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately $26,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5 months. The stock option weighted-average fair value per share was $2.65 at December 31, 2013.

The Company granted 109,645 shares of restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2013. These restricted shares were issued to the Company’s non-executive directors as a part of their annual compensation package. Each of the five non-executive directors received 21,929 shares of restricted stock or $50,000 worth of restricted stock based upon the closing price of the Company’s Class D common stock on June 14, 2013. These shares vest over a two-year period in equal 50% installments. The Company did not grant shares of restricted stock during year ended December 31, 2012.

F-39

 

Transactions and other information relating to restricted stock grants for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below: 

	Shares		Average Fair Value at Grant Date
Unvested at December 31, 2010		2,310,000	$	2.92
Grants		60,000	$	1.19
Vested		(2,203,000)	$	2.99
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		(23,000)	$	3.17
Unvested at December 31, 2011		144,000	$	1.10
Grants		—	$	—
Vested		(62,000)	$	1.09
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		—	$	—
Unvested at December 31, 2012		82,000	$	1.11
Grants		110,000	$	2.28
Vested		(62,000)	$	1.09
Forfeited/cancelled/expired		—	$	—
Unvested at December 31, 2013		130,000	$	2.11

The restricted stock grants were included in the Company’s outstanding share numbers on the effective date of grant. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $204,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock grants was expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 11 months.

14.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company’s CEO and Chairperson own a music company called Music One, Inc. (“Music One”). The Company sometimes engages in promoting the recorded music product of Music One. Based on the cross-promotional value received by the Company, we believe that the provision of such promotion is fair.  During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Radio One paid $0, $38,000 and $6,000, respectively, to or on behalf of Music One, primarily for market talent event appearances, travel reimbursement and sponsorships. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company provided advertising to Music One in the amount of $0, $1,000 and $1,000, respectively.

The office space and administrative support transactions between Radio One and Music One are conducted at cost and all expenses associated with the transactions are passed through at actual costs.  Costs associated with office space on behalf of Music One are calculated based on square footage used by Music One, multiplied by Radio One’s actual per square foot lease costs for the appropriate time period.  Administrative services are calculated based on the approximate hours provided by each Radio One employee to Music One, multiplied by such employee’s applicable hourly rate and related benefits allocation.  Advertising spots are priced at an average unit rate. Based on the cross-promotional nature of the activities provided by Music One and received by the Company, we believe that these methodologies of charging average unit rates or passing through the actual costs incurred are fair and reflect terms no more favorable than terms generally available to a third-party.

15.   PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN:

The Company maintains a profit sharing and employee savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan allows eligible employees to defer allowable portions of their compensation on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the savings plan. The Company may contribute to the plan at the discretion of its board of directors. The Company does not match employee contributions. The Company did not make any contributions to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

16.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Radio Broadcasting Licenses

Each of the Company’s radio stations operates pursuant to one or more licenses issued by the Federal Communications Commission that have a maximum term of eight years prior to renewal. The Company’s radio broadcasting licenses expire at various times through APRIL 1, 2022. Although the Company may apply to renew its radio broadcasting licenses, third parties may challenge the Company’s renewal applications. The Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would prevent the Company from having its current licenses renewed.

Royalty Agreements

Effective December 31, 2009, our radio music license agreements with the two largest performance rights organizations, American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (“ASCAP”) and Broadcast Music, Inc. (“BMI”) expired. The Radio Music License Committee (“RMLC”), which negotiates music licensing fees for most of the radio industry with ASCAP and BMI, at that time, reached an agreement with these organizations on a temporary fee schedule that reflected a provisional discount of 7.0% against 2009 fee levels. The temporary fee reductions became effective in January 2010. In May 2010 and June 2010, the U.S. District Court’s judge charged with determining the licenses fees ruled to further reduce interim fees paid to ASCAP and BMI, respectively, down approximately another 11.0% from the previous temporary fees negotiated with the RMLC. In January 2012, the U.S. District Court approved a settlement between RMLC and ASCAP. The settlement determined the amount to be paid to ASCAP for usage through 2016. In addition, stations received a credit for overpayments made in 2010 and 2011 to ASCAP. In June 2012, RMLC and BMI reached a settlement agreement. The settlement covers the period through 2016 and determined a new fee structure based on percentage of revenue. In addition, stations received a credit for overpayments made in 2010 and 2011 to BMI.

F-40

The Company has entered into fixed fee and variable share agreements with music performance rights organizations that expire as late as December 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $9.2 million, $9.8 million and $12.5 million, respectively, in connection with these agreements. The expenses related to discontinued operations associated with these agreements were not significant.

Leases and Other Operating Contracts and Agreements

The Company has noncancelable operating leases for office space, studio space, broadcast towers and transmitter facilities that expire over the next 18 years. The Company’s leases for broadcast facilities generally provide for a base rent plus real estate taxes and certain operating expenses related to the leases. Certain of the Company’s leases contain renewal options, escalating payments over the life of the lease and rent concessions. Scheduled rent increases and rent concessions are being amortized over the terms of the agreements using the straight-line method, and are included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The future rentals under non-cancelable leases as of December 31, 2013, are shown below.

The Company has other operating contracts and agreements including employment contracts, on-air talent contracts, severance obligations, retention bonuses, consulting agreements, equipment rental agreements, programming related agreements, and other general operating agreements that expire over the next five years. The amounts the Company is obligated to pay for these agreements are shown below.

				Other
				Operating
		Operating		Contracts
		Lease		and
		Payments		Agreements
		(In thousands)
Years ending December 31:
2014	$	9,890	$	60,481
2015		8,621		30,205
2016		7,760		14,697
2017		7,007		8,674
2018		3,804		320
2019 and thereafter		14,062		106
Total	$	51,144	$	114,483

 Rent expense included in continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $10.3 million, $10.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively. Rent expense related to discontinued operations were not significant.

F-41

Reach Media Noncontrolling Interest Shareholders’ Put Rights

Beginning on February 28, 2012, the noncontrolling interest shareholders of Reach Media had an annual right to require Reach Media to purchase all or a portion of their shares at the then current fair market value for such shares (the “Put Right”).   This annual right was exercisable for a 30-day period beginning February 28 of each year. The purchase price for such shares may be paid in cash and/or registered Class D common stock of Radio One, at the discretion of Radio One. On December 31, 2012, Reach Media and its noncontrolling interest shareholders amended the shareholders’ agreement governing their relationship. As part of that amendment, the noncontrolling interest shareholders agreed to delay the Put Right until January 1, 2018. The terms of the Put Right remain the same in all other respects.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2013, we had four standby letters of credit totaling $1.0 million in connection with our annual insurance policy renewals and real estate leases.

Other Contingencies

The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. It is management’s opinion, after consultation with its legal counsel, that the outcome of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

17.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED):

	Quarters Ended
		March 31 (a)		June 30 (a)			September 30(a)		December 31
		(In thousands, except share data)
2013:
Net revenue		$	99,112		$	119,602	$	118,391	$	111,595
Operating income			15,455			18,330		21,795		17,388
Net loss from continuing operations			(13,305)			(8,555)		(8,904)		(13,631)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations			890			3		—		(8)
Consolidated net loss attributable to common stockholders			(18,106)			(14,214)		(13,221)		(16,440)
BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share		$	(0.38)		$	(0.29)	$	(0.28)	$	(0.35)
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share			0.02			0.00		—		(0.00)
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders		$	(0.36)		$	(0.29)	$	(0.28)	$	(0.35)
DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share		$	(0.38)		$	(0.29)	$	(0.28)	$	(0.35)
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share			0.02			0.00		—		(0.00)
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders		$	(0.36)		$	(0.29)	$	(0.28)	$	(0.35)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic			49,861,964			48,737,941		47,443,031		47,441,175
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted			49,861,964			48,737,941		47,443,031		47,441,175

(a)  The net loss from continuing operations for the quarters ended March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013 includes approximately $1.4 million, $9.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively of pre-tax impairment charges.

F-42

	Quarters Ended
	March 31		June 30 (a)		September 30			December 31
	(In thousands, except share data)
2012:
Net revenue	$	102,964	$	105,830		$	109,894	$	105,885
Operating income		13,725		21,385			21,498		14,601
Net (loss) income from continuing operations		(75,156)		46,452			(10,215)		(15,013)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations		(29)		13			(40)		(128)
Consolidated net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders		(79,242)		42,668			(13,064)		(17,227)
BASIC NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share	$	(1.58)	$	0.85		$	(0.26)	$	(0.34)
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share		(0.00)		0.00			(0.00)		(0.00)
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders	$	(1.58)	$	0.85		$	(0.26)	$	(0.34)
DILUTED NET (LOSS) INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
Net (loss) income from continuing operations per share	$	(1.58)	$	0.85		$	(0.26)	$	(0.34)
Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per share		(0.00)		0.00			(0.00)		(0.00)
Consolidated net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders	$	(1.58)	$	0.85		$	(0.26)	$	(0.34)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic		49,994,974		50,006,008			50,019,048		50,042,751
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted		49,994,974		50,124,418			50,019,048		50,042,751

(a)  The net income from continuing operations for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, includes $313,000 of pre-tax impairment charges.

18.  SEGMENT INFORMATION:

The Company has four reportable segments: (i) Radio Broadcasting; (ii) Reach Media; (iii) Internet; and (iv) Cable Television. These segments operate in the United States and are consistently aligned with the Company’s management of its businesses and its financial reporting structure.

The radio broadcasting segment consists of all broadcast results of operations. The Company aggregates the broadcast markets in which it operates into the radio broadcasting segment. The Reach Media segment consists of the results of operations for the Tom Joyner Morning Show and related activities and operations of the Syndication One Urban programming line-up. Effective, January 1, 2013, we consolidated our syndication network programming within Reach Media to leverage that platform to create the leading syndicated radio network targeted to the African-American audience. In connection with the consolidation, we shifted our syndicated programming sales to a sales force operating out of Reach Media. Segment data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, has been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. These reclassifications occurred between the radio broadcasting segment, the Reach Media segment and Corporate/Eliminations/Other. The internet segment includes the results of our online business, including the operations of Interactive One. The cable television segment consists of TV One’s results of operations. Corporate/Eliminations/Other represents financial activity associated with our corporate staff and offices and intercompany activity among the four segments.

Operating loss or income represents total revenues less operating expenses, depreciation and amortization, and impairment of long-lived assets. Intercompany revenue earned and expenses charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation.

The accounting policies described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1 – Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies are applied consistently across the segments.

F-43

Detailed segment data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is presented in the following table:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(In thousands)
Net Revenue:
Radio Broadcasting	$	222,544	$	223,404	$	209,758
Reach Media		56,741		55,154		59,708
Internet		25,639		19,852		17,529
Cable Television		149,472		131,178		86,024
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		(5,696)		(5,015)		(8,722)
Consolidated	$	448,700	$	424,573	$	364,297
Operating Expenses (including stock-based compensation and excluding depreciation and amortization and impairment of long-lived assets):
Radio Broadcasting	$	128,001	$	129,843	$	130,797
Reach Media		50,833		54,168		50,906
Internet		25,319		21,179		20,062
Cable Television		100,117		91,361		61,369
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		18,712		17,723		16,335
Consolidated	$	322,982	$	314,274	$	279,469
Depreciation and Amortization:
Radio Broadcasting	$	6,071	$	6,308	$	6,639
Reach Media		1,242		1,302		4,091
Internet		2,490		3,210		3,694
Cable Television		26,324		26,864		21,790
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		1,743		1,093		928
Consolidated	$	37,870	$	38,777	$	37,142
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:
Radio Broadcasting	$	14,880	$	313	$	14,509
Reach Media		—		—		7,822
Internet		—		—		—
Cable Television		—		—		—
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		—		—		—
Consolidated	$	14,880	$	313	$	22,331
Operating income (loss):
Radio Broadcasting	$	73,592	$	86,940	$	57,813
Reach Media		4,666		(316)		(3,111)
Internet		(2,170)		(4,537)		(6,227)
Cable Television		23,031		12,953		2,865
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		(26,151)		(23,831)		(25,985)
Consolidated	$	72,968	$	71,209	$	25,355

F-44

	As of
	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
	(In thousands)
Total Assets:
Radio Broadcasting	$	760,451	$	801,340
Reach Media		33,302		29,492
Internet		31,429		32,076
Cable Television		524,025		535,344
Corporate/Eliminations/Other		65,148		61,943
Consolidated	$	1,414,355	$	1,460,195

19.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On February 3, 2014, the Company executed a new LMA, effective December 1, 2013, for its remaining station in Boston.  The LMA has a three-year term, and at the conclusion of the LMA, the Company’s remaining Boston station will be sold to Radio Boston Broadcasting, Inc., an affiliate of Pacific Media International, LLC.

On February 10, 2014, the Company closed a private offering of $335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2020 (the “Notes”). The Notes were offered at an original issue price of 100.0% plus accrued interest from February 10, 2014. The Notes will mature on February 15, 2020. Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 9.25% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2014. The Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries and any other subsidiaries that guarantee the existing senior credit facility or any of the Issuer's other syndicated bank indebtedness or capital markets securities. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering to repurchase or otherwise redeem all of the amounts currently outstanding under its 12.5%/15.0% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) and to pay the related accrued interest, premiums, fees and expenses associated therewith.

Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has in its past periodic reports, including its most recent Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013, included in a footnote to its financial statements, condensed consolidating financial information for the Company, the wholly-owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-wholly owned guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis, consolidating adjustments and the total consolidated amounts. Pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the Company has also included in its past periodic reports the stand-alone financial statements of Reach Media, beginning with its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2013. The Company and its subsidiary guarantors filed a Form 15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2014 with respect to its 2016 Notes.  As its new Notes are not registered, the Company will no longer be required to present expanded information with respect to Reach Media or the non-guarantor subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiaries generated 33.3% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, and held 10.0% of our consolidated assets as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including TV One, had $154.0 million of total liabilities, including $119.0 million represented by the notes issued by TV One.

On February 27, 2014, the Company paid $7.5 million to complete the acquisition of Gaffney Broadcasting, Incorporated (“Gaffney”).  Prior to the closing of the acquisition, the Company operated the assets of Gaffney pursuant to the terms of an LMA. In connection with the acquisition, the Company is required to add Gaffney as a party to the agreements governing its outstanding notes and its senior credit facility.  The Company is in the process of adding Gaffney as a party to those agreements governing its outstanding notes and its senior credit facility.

Recently, the Company has executed a letter of intent with MGM to partner to develop a world-class casino property, MGM National Harbor, located in Prince George’s County, Maryland.  The Company has the ability to invest up to $40 million in the project for a mid-single digit % ownership interest.  There is an initial commitment of $5 million due in 2014, with the option to invest up to a further $35 million in 2016.

As reported on the current report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2014, on March 13, 2014, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of the Company awarded cash bonuses to the CEO and Catherine L. Hughes, Founder and Chairperson of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Mr. Liggins was awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $1.5 million and Ms. Hughes was awarded a cash bonus in the amount of $500,000.

 

F-45

 

RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

	Balance		Additions
	At		Charged		Acquired				Balance
	Beginning		To		From				at End
Description		of Year	Expense		Acquisitions		Deductions		of Year
		(In thousands)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
2013	$	3,631	$	2,124	$	—	$	1,362	$	4,393
2012		3,719	$	1,504	$	—	$	1,592	$	3,631
2011		3,023		1,840		1,123		2,267		3,719

	Balance		Additions
	At		Charged		Acquired				Balance
	Beginning		To		From				at End
Description	of Year		Expense		Acquisitions		Deductions		of Year
	(In thousands)
Valuation Allowance for Deferred Tax Assets:
2013	$	279,620	$	42,845	$	—	$	—	$	322,465
2012		244,927	$	34,518	$	—	$	175	$	279,620
2011		230,359		14,015		—		553		244,927

S-1